summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/win/tkWinWm.c
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'win/tkWinWm.c')
-rw-r--r--win/tkWinWm.c5650
1 files changed, 3252 insertions, 2398 deletions
diff --git a/win/tkWinWm.c b/win/tkWinWm.c
index 59287c8..2aa251c 100644
--- a/win/tkWinWm.c
+++ b/win/tkWinWm.c
@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
* tkWinWm.c --
*
* This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based
- * application and the window manager. Among other things, it
- * implements the "wm" command and passes geometry information
- * to the window manager.
+ * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements
+ * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window
+ * manager.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
- * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
- * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
+ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
+ * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkWinInt.h"
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
/*
* These next two defines are only valid on Win2K/XP+.
*/
+
#ifndef WS_EX_LAYERED
#define WS_EX_LAYERED 0x00080000
#endif
@@ -30,119 +31,127 @@
#endif
/*
- * Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are
- * placed on the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE
- * message.
+ * Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are placed on
+ * the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message or
+ * a WM_ACTIVATE. If the window is being moved (*flagPtr will be true)
+ * then the handling of this event must be delayed until the operation
+ * has completed to avoid a premature WM_EXITSIZEMOVE event.
*/
typedef struct ActivateEvent {
Tcl_Event ev;
TkWindow *winPtr;
+ const int *flagPtr;
+ HWND hwnd;
} ActivateEvent;
/*
- * A data structure of the following type holds information for
- * each window manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for
- * which a handler (i.e. a Tcl command) has been defined for a
- * particular top-level window.
+ * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window
+ * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl
+ * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window.
*/
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
- /* Next in list of protocol handlers for
- * the same top-level window, or NULL for
- * end of list. */
+ /* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
+ * same top-level window, or NULL for end of
+ * list. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
- char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client
- * message for this protocol arrives.
- * The actual size of the structure varies
- * to accommodate the needs of the actual
- * command. THIS MUST BE THE LAST FIELD OF
- * THE STRUCTURE. */
+ char command[1]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
+ * for this protocol arrives. The actual size
+ * of the structure varies to accommodate the
+ * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
+ * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
- ((unsigned) (sizeof(ProtocolHandler) - 3 + cmdLength))
+ ((unsigned) ((Tk_Offset(ProtocolHandler, command) + 1) + cmdLength))
/*
* Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
*/
+
typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
Tcl_HashTable *table;
TkWindow **window_ptr;
} TkWmStackorderToplevelPair;
/*
- * This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its
- * image. The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these
- * icon-specific-structures originated with the Winico extension.
- * We stripped out unused parts of that code, and integrated the
- * code more naturally with Tcl.
+ * This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its image.
+ * The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these icon-specific
+ * structures originated with the Winico extension. We stripped out unused
+ * parts of that code, and integrated the code more naturally with Tcl.
*/
+
typedef struct {
- UINT Width, Height, Colors; /* Width, Height and bpp */
- LPBYTE lpBits; /* ptr to DIB bits */
- DWORD dwNumBytes; /* how many bytes? */
- LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; /* ptr to header */
- LPBYTE lpXOR; /* ptr to XOR image bits */
- LPBYTE lpAND; /* ptr to AND image bits */
- HICON hIcon; /* DAS ICON */
+ UINT Width, Height, Colors; /* Width, Height and bpp */
+ LPBYTE lpBits; /* Ptr to DIB bits */
+ DWORD dwNumBytes; /* How many bytes? */
+ LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; /* Ptr to header */
+ LPBYTE lpXOR; /* Ptr to XOR image bits */
+ LPBYTE lpAND; /* Ptr to AND image bits */
+ HICON hIcon; /* DAS ICON */
} ICONIMAGE, *LPICONIMAGE;
+
/*
- * This structure is how we represent a block of the above
- * items. We will reallocate these structures according to
- * how many images they need to contain.
+ * This structure is how we represent a block of the above items. We will
+ * reallocate these structures according to how many images they need to
+ * contain.
*/
+
typedef struct {
- int nNumImages; /* How many images? */
- ICONIMAGE IconImages[1]; /* Image entries */
+ int nNumImages; /* How many images? */
+ ICONIMAGE IconImages[1]; /* Image entries */
} BlockOfIconImages, *BlockOfIconImagesPtr;
+
/*
- * These two structures are used to read in icons from an
- * 'icon directory' (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say).
- * We only use these structures temporarily, since we copy
- * the information we want into a BlockOfIconImages.
+ * These two structures are used to read in icons from an 'icon directory'
+ * (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say). We only use these structures
+ * temporarily, since we copy the information we want into a
+ * BlockOfIconImages.
*/
+
typedef struct {
- BYTE bWidth; /* Width of the image */
- BYTE bHeight; /* Height of the image (times 2) */
- BYTE bColorCount; /* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */
- BYTE bReserved; /* Reserved */
- WORD wPlanes; /* Color Planes */
- WORD wBitCount; /* Bits per pixel */
- DWORD dwBytesInRes; /* how many bytes in this resource? */
- DWORD dwImageOffset; /* where in the file is this image */
+ BYTE bWidth; /* Width of the image */
+ BYTE bHeight; /* Height of the image (times 2) */
+ BYTE bColorCount; /* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */
+ BYTE bReserved; /* Reserved */
+ WORD wPlanes; /* Color Planes */
+ WORD wBitCount; /* Bits per pixel */
+ DWORD dwBytesInRes; /* How many bytes in this resource? */
+ DWORD dwImageOffset; /* Where in the file is this image */
} ICONDIRENTRY, *LPICONDIRENTRY;
+
typedef struct {
- WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */
- WORD idType; /* resource type (1 for icons) */
- WORD idCount; /* how many images? */
- ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* the entries for each image */
+ WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */
+ WORD idType; /* Resource type (1 for icons) */
+ WORD idCount; /* How many images? */
+ ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* The entries for each image */
} ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR;
/*
- * A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each
- * toplevel. This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon
- * resources when a window is deleted or if the window's icon is
- * changed. They are simply reference counted according to:
+ * A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each toplevel.
+ * This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon resources when a
+ * window is deleted or if the window's icon is changed. They are simply
+ * reference counted according to:
*
- * (i) how many WmInfo structures point to this object
- * (ii) whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains
- * a pointer to this object.
+ * (1) How many WmInfo structures point to this object
+ * (2) Whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains a pointer
+ * to this object.
*
- * The former count is for windows whose icons are individually
- * set, and the latter is for the global default icon choice.
+ * The former count is for windows whose icons are individually set, and the
+ * latter is for the global default icon choice.
*
- * Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons
- * loaded from .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
+ * Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from
+ * .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
*/
+
typedef struct WinIconInstance {
- int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this
- * data structure. */
+ int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data
+ * structure. */
BlockOfIconImagesPtr iconBlock;
- /* Pointer to icon resource data for
- * image. */
+ /* Pointer to icon resource data for image */
} WinIconInstance;
typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr;
@@ -153,96 +162,97 @@ typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr;
*/
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for
- * this window. */
- HWND wrapper; /* This is the decorative frame window
- * created by the window manager to wrap
- * a toplevel window. This window is
- * a direct child of the root window. */
- char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If
- * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
- char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
- XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for
- * window manager. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this
+ * window. */
+ HWND wrapper; /* This is the decorative frame window created
+ * by the window manager to wrap a toplevel
+ * window. This window is a direct child of
+ * the root window. */
+ char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If
+ * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */
+ char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
+ XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
+ * manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
- * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't
- * get updated if leader is destroyed. */
+ * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
+ * updated if leader is destroyed. */
TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
* or NULL. */
- Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window,
- * or NULL. */
+ Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or
+ * NULL. */
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
/*
- * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for
- * the window manager:
+ * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window
+ * manager:
*/
int defMinWidth, defMinHeight, defMaxWidth, defMaxHeight;
/* Default resize limits given by system. */
- int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure.
- * If the PBaseSize flag is set then the
- * window is gridded; otherwise it isn't
- * gridded. */
- int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in
- * pixels or grid units. */
- int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in
- * pixels or grid units. 0 to default. */
+ int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the
+ * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is
+ * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */
+ int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or
+ * grid units. */
+ int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or
+ * grid units. 0 to default. */
Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls
- * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if
- * the top-level isn't currently gridded. */
- int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels
- * per step). */
+ * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the
+ * top-level isn't currently gridded. */
+ int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per
+ * step). */
struct {
int x; /* numerator */
- int y; /* denominator */
+ int y; /* denominator */
} minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
- /* The dimensions of the window (in
- * grid units) requested through
- * the geometry manager. */
+ /* The dimensions of the window (in grid
+ * units) requested through the geometry
+ * manager. */
int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */
/*
* Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
*/
- int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified
- * in pixels or grid units. These values are
- * set by the "wm geometry" command and by
- * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm
- * resizes window). -1 means user hasn't
- * requested dimensions. */
+ int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in
+ * pixels or grid units. These values are set
+ * by the "wm geometry" command and by
+ * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes
+ * window). -1 means user hasn't requested
+ * dimensions. */
int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
- * These values are set by "wm geometry",
- * plus by ConfigureNotify events (when wm
- * moves window). These numbers are
- * different than the numbers stored in
- * winPtr->changes because (a) they could be
- * measured from the right or bottom edge
- * of the screen (see WM_NEGATIVE_X and
- * WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and (b) if the window
- * has been reparented then they refer to the
- * parent rather than the window itself. */
+ * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus
+ * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves
+ * window). These numbers are different than
+ * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes
+ * because (a) they could be measured from the
+ * right or bottom edge of the screen (see
+ * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and
+ * (b) if the window has been reparented then
+ * they refer to the parent rather than the
+ * window itself. */
int borderWidth, borderHeight;
/* Width and height of window dressing, in
- * pixels for the current style/exStyle. This
+ * pixels for the current style/exStyle. This
* includes the border on both sides of the
* window. */
+ int configX, configY; /* x,y position of toplevel when window is
+ * switched into fullscreen state, */
int configWidth, configHeight;
/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
- * issued to change geometry of window. Used
- * to eliminate redundant resize operations. */
+ * issued to change geometry of window. Used
+ * to eliminate redundant resize operations */
HMENU hMenu; /* the hMenu associated with this menu */
DWORD style, exStyle; /* Style flags for the wrapper window. */
LONG styleConfig; /* Extra user requested style bits */
LONG exStyleConfig; /* Extra user requested extended style bits */
Tcl_Obj *crefObj; /* COLORREF object for transparent handling */
COLORREF colorref; /* COLORREF for transparent handling */
- double alpha; /* Alpha transparency level
- * 0.0 (fully transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */
+ double alpha; /* Alpha transparency level 0.0 (fully
+ * transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */
/*
* List of children of the toplevel which have private colormaps.
@@ -255,61 +265,60 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
* Miscellaneous information.
*/
- ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for
- * this window (NULL means none). */
+ ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this
+ * window (NULL means none). */
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
- CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the
- * WM_COMMAND property. NULL means nothing
- * available. */
+ const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
+ * property. NULL means nothing available. */
char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
* property, or NULL. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
- int numTransients; /* number of transients on this window */
- WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* pointer to titlebar icon structure for
- * this window, or NULL. */
+ int numTransients; /* Number of transients on this window */
+ WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* Pointer to titlebar icon structure for this
+ * window, or NULL. */
struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all top-level windows. */
} WmInfo;
/*
* Flag values for WmInfo structures:
*
- * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been
- * mapped; need to update all info when
- * window is first mapped.
- * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
- * has already been scheduled for this
- * window; no need to schedule another one.
- * WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
- * pixels from right edge of screen, rather
- * than from left edge.
- * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
+ * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - Non-zero means window has never been mapped;
+ * need to update all info when window is first
+ * mapped.
+ * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - Non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
+ * has already been scheduled for this window;
+ * no need to schedule another one.
+ * WM_NEGATIVE_X - Non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
+ * pixels from right edge of screen, rather than
+ * from left edge.
+ * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - Non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
* pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
* down from top.
- * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - non-zero means that new size hints need to be
+ * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - Non-zero means that new size hints need to be
* propagated to window manager. Not used on Win.
- * WM_SYNC_PENDING - set to non-zero while waiting for the window
+ * WM_SYNC_PENDING - Set to non-zero while waiting for the window
* manager to respond to some state change.
- * WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested
- * a new position for the window, but it hasn't
- * been reflected through the window manager
- * yet.
- * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were
- * set explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
- * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
+ * WM_MOVE_PENDING - Non-zero means the application has requested a
+ * new position for the window, but it hasn't
+ * been reflected through the window manager yet.
+ * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - Non-zero means the colormap windows were set
+ * explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
+ * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - Non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
* was called the top-level itself wasn't
- * specified, so we added it implicitly at
- * the end of the list.
- * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
+ * specified, so we added it implicitly at the
+ * end of the list.
+ * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
* allow the user to change the width of the
- * window (controlled by "wm resizable"
- * command).
- * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
+ * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
+ * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to
* allow the user to change the height of the
- * window (controlled by "wm resizable"
- * command).
- * WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly
+ * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
+ * WM_WITHDRAWN - Non-zero means that this window has explicitly
* been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
* not mirror state changes in the master.
+ * WM_FULLSCREEN - Non-zero means that this window has been placed
+ * in the full screen mode. It should be mapped at
+ * 0,0 and be the width and height of the screen.
*/
#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED (1<<0)
@@ -325,6 +334,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<10)
#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<11)
#define WM_WITHDRAWN (1<<12)
+#define WM_FULLSCREEN (1<<13)
/*
* Window styles for various types of toplevel windows.
@@ -333,6 +343,9 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
#define WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS)
#define EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)
+#define WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_POPUP|WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE)
+#define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW)
+
#define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS)
#define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0)
@@ -341,257 +354,241 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo {
#define EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE (WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME)
/*
- * The following structure is the official type record for geometry
- * management of top-level windows.
+ * The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
+ * of top-level windows.
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
-static Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
- "wm", /* name */
- TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
- (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
+static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
+ "wm", /* name */
+ TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
+ NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
- HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the
- * currently installed foreground logical
- * palette. */
- TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This
- * value is set immediately before a
- * call to CreateWindowEx, and is used
- * by SetLimits. This is a gross hack
- * needed to work around Windows brain
- * damage where it sends the
- * WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the
- * WM_CREATE window. */
- int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether thread-
- * specific elements of module have
- * been initialized. */
- int firstWindow; /* Flag, cleared when the first window
- * is mapped in a non-iconic state. */
- WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* IconPtr being used as default for all
- * toplevels, or NULL. */
+ HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently
+ * installed foreground logical palette. */
+ TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This
+ * value is set immediately before a call to
+ * CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
+ * This is a gross hack needed to work around
+ * Windows brain damage where it sends the
+ * WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the
+ * WM_CREATE window. */
+ int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether thread-specific
+ * elements of module have been
+ * initialized. */
+ int firstWindow; /* Flag, cleared when the first window is
+ * mapped in a non-iconic state. */
+ WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* IconPtr being used as default for all
+ * toplevels, or NULL. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
- * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage
- * because they must be shared across threads.
+ * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because
+ * they must be shared across threads.
*/
-static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has
- * been initialized. */
-
-/*
- * A pointer to a shell proc which allows us to extract icons from
- * any file. We just initialize this when we start up (if we can)
- * and then it never changes
- */
-DWORD* (WINAPI *shgetfileinfoProc) (LPCTSTR pszPath, DWORD dwFileAttributes,
- SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags) = NULL;
-
-/*
- * A pointer to SetLayeredWindowAttributes (user32.dll) which we
- * retrieve dynamically because it is only valid on Win2K+.
- */
-BOOL (WINAPI *setLayeredWindowAttributesProc) (HWND hwnd, COLORREF crKey,
- BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags) = NULL;
+static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has been
+ * initialized. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex)
/*
- * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
+ * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
-static int ActivateWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Event *evPtr,
- int flags));
-static void ConfigureTopLevel _ANSI_ARGS_((WINDOWPOS *pos));
-static void GenerateConfigureNotify _ANSI_ARGS_((
- TkWindow *winPtr));
-static void GetMaxSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr,
- int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr));
-static void GetMinSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr,
- int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr));
-static TkWindow * GetTopLevel _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd));
-static void InitWm _ANSI_ARGS_((void));
-static int InstallColormaps _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, int message,
- int isForemost));
-static void InvalidateSubTree _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr,
- Colormap colormap));
-static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr));
-static int ParseGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- char *string, TkWindow *winPtr));
-static void RefreshColormap _ANSI_ARGS_((Colormap colormap,
- TkDisplay *dispPtr));
-static void SetLimits _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info));
-static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap _ANSI_ARGS_((
- TkWindow *winPtr,
- Display *display,
- Tcl_HashTable *table));
-static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message,
- WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam));
-static void TopLevelEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
- XEvent *eventPtr));
-static void TopLevelReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData dummy,
- Tk_Window tkwin));
-static void UpdateGeometryInfo _ANSI_ARGS_((
- ClientData clientData));
-static void UpdateWrapper _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr));
-static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message,
- WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam));
-static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc _ANSI_ARGS_((
- ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
-static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile _ANSI_ARGS_((
- Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon));
-static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile _ANSI_ARGS_((
- Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName));
-static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *dsPtr,
- Pixmap pixmap));
-static int ReadICOHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Channel channel));
-static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers _ANSI_ARGS_((LPICONIMAGE lpImage));
-static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource
- _ANSI_ARGS_((LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon));
-static HICON GetIcon _ANSI_ARGS_((WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
- int icon_size));
-static int WinSetIcon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
- WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw));
-static void FreeIconBlock _ANSI_ARGS_((BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR));
-static void DecrIconRefCount _ANSI_ARGS_((WinIconPtr titlebaricon));
-
-static int WmAspectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+static int ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
+static void ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos);
+static void GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr);
+static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
+ int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr);
+static void GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr,
+ int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr);
+static TkWindow * GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd);
+static void InitWm(void);
+static int InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message,
+ int isForemost);
+static void InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap);
+static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string,
+ TkWindow *winPtr);
+static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr);
+static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info);
+static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr,
+ Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table);
+static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+static void TopLevelEventProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
+static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData);
+static void UpdateWrapper(TkWindow *winPtr);
+static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
+static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(ClientData clientData,
+ XEvent *eventPtr);
+static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon);
+static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *fileName);
+static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap(Display *dsPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
+static int ReadICOHeader(Tcl_Channel channel);
+static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers(LPICONIMAGE lpImage);
+static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
+ BOOL isIcon);
+static HICON GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size);
+static int WinSetIcon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw);
+static void FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR);
+static void DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon);
+
+static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmAttributesCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmClientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmColormapwindowsCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmCommandCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmDeiconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmFocusmodelCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmFrameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmGeometryCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmGridCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmGroupCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconbitmapCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconmaskCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconnameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconphotoCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconpositionCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmIconwindowCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmMaxsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmMinsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmOverrideredirectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmPositionfromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmProtocolCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmResizableCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmSizefromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmStackorderCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmStateCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmTitleCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmTransientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static int WmWithdrawCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]));
-static void WmUpdateGeom _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr,
- TkWindow *winPtr));
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
+ TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,
+ TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
+static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
-/* Used in BytesPerLine */
-#define WIDTHBYTES(bits) ((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2)
+/*
+ * Used in BytesPerLine
+ */
+#define WIDTHBYTES(bits) ((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2)
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DIBNumColors --
*
- * Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by
- * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by
- * titlebar icon code.
+ * Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by LPSTR
+ * lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
*
* Results:
- *
- * WORD - Number of entries in the color table.
- *
- * Side effects: None.
- *
+ * WORD - Number of entries in the color table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static WORD
-DIBNumColors( LPSTR lpbi )
+
+static WORD
+DIBNumColors(
+ LPSTR lpbi)
{
WORD wBitCount;
DWORD dwClrUsed;
dwClrUsed = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biClrUsed;
- if (dwClrUsed)
+ if (dwClrUsed) {
return (WORD) dwClrUsed;
+ }
wBitCount = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biBitCount;
- switch (wBitCount)
- {
- case 1: return 2;
- case 4: return 16;
- case 8: return 256;
- default:return 0;
+ switch (wBitCount) {
+ case 1:
+ return 2;
+ case 4:
+ return 16;
+ case 8:
+ return 256;
+ default:
+ return 0;
}
}
@@ -600,22 +597,19 @@ DIBNumColors( LPSTR lpbi )
*
* PaletteSize --
*
- * Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by
- * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by
- * titlebar icon code.
+ * Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by LPSTR
+ * lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
*
* Results:
- * number of bytes in the color table
- *
- * Side effects: None.
- *
+ * Number of bytes in the color table
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static WORD
-PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi )
+static WORD
+PaletteSize(
+ LPSTR lpbi)
{
- return ((WORD)( DIBNumColors( lpbi ) * sizeof( RGBQUAD )) );
+ return (WORD) (DIBNumColors(lpbi) * sizeof(RGBQUAD));
}
/*
@@ -623,9 +617,8 @@ PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi )
*
* FindDIBits --
*
- * Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by
- * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by
- * titlebar icon code.
+ * Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by LPSTR lpbi -
+ * pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code.
*
* Results:
* pointer to the image bits
@@ -635,10 +628,12 @@ PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi )
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static LPSTR
-FindDIBBits( LPSTR lpbi )
+
+static LPSTR
+FindDIBBits(
+ LPSTR lpbi)
{
- return ( lpbi + *(LPDWORD)lpbi + PaletteSize( lpbi ) );
+ return lpbi + *((LPDWORD) lpbi) + PaletteSize(lpbi);
}
/*
@@ -647,19 +642,18 @@ FindDIBBits( LPSTR lpbi )
* BytesPerLine --
*
* Calculates the number of bytes in one scan line, as given by
- * LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER
- * that begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code.
+ * LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER that
+ * begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code.
*
* Results:
* number of bytes in one scan line (DWORD aligned)
*
- * Side effects: None
- *
- *
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static DWORD
-BytesPerLine( LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH )
+
+static DWORD
+BytesPerLine(
+ LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH)
{
return WIDTHBYTES(lpBMIH->biWidth * lpBMIH->biPlanes * lpBMIH->biBitCount);
}
@@ -669,41 +663,66 @@ BytesPerLine( LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH )
*
* AdjustIconImagePointers --
*
- * Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given
- * by LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by
- * titlebar icon code.
+ * Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given by
+ * LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by titlebar icon
+ * code.
*
* Results:
* BOOL - TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
*
- * Side effects:
- *
- *
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static BOOL
-AdjustIconImagePointers( LPICONIMAGE lpImage )
+
+static BOOL
+AdjustIconImagePointers(
+ LPICONIMAGE lpImage)
{
- /* Sanity check */
- if (lpImage==NULL)
+ /*
+ * Sanity check.
+ */
+
+ if (lpImage == NULL) {
return FALSE;
- /* BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits */
- lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO)lpImage->lpBits;
- /* Width - simple enough */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits.
+ */
+
+ lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO) lpImage->lpBits;
+
+ /*
+ * Width - simple enough.
+ */
+
lpImage->Width = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth;
- /*
- * Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled
- * so account for that
+
+ /*
+ * Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled so account for
+ * that.
*/
+
lpImage->Height = (lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight)/2;
- /* How many colors? */
- lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes *
- lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
- /* XOR bits follow the header and color table */
- lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE)FindDIBBits(((LPSTR)lpImage->lpbi));
- /* AND bits follow the XOR bits */
- lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR + (lpImage->Height*
- BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpImage->lpbi)));
+
+ /*
+ * How many colors?
+ */
+
+ lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes
+ * lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
+
+ /*
+ * XOR bits follow the header and color table.
+ */
+
+ lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE) FindDIBBits((LPSTR) lpImage->lpbi);
+
+ /*
+ * AND bits follow the XOR bits.
+ */
+
+ lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR +
+ lpImage->Height*BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpImage->lpbi);
return TRUE;
}
@@ -712,50 +731,51 @@ AdjustIconImagePointers( LPICONIMAGE lpImage )
*
* MakeIconOrCursorFromResource --
*
- * Construct an actual HICON structure from the information
- * in a resource.
+ * Construct an actual HICON structure from the information in a
+ * resource.
*
* Results:
- *
- *
- * Side effects:
- *
+ * Icon
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static HICON
-MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon) {
- HICON hIcon ;
- static FARPROC pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx=NULL;
- static int initinfo=0;
- /* Sanity Check */
- if (lpIcon == NULL)
- return NULL;
- if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL)
+
+static HICON
+MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(
+ LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
+ BOOL isIcon)
+{
+ HICON hIcon;
+
+ /*
+ * Sanity Check
+ */
+
+ if (lpIcon == NULL || lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) {
return NULL;
- if (!initinfo) {
- HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandleA("USER32.DLL");
- initinfo=1;
- if (hMod){
- pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx =
- GetProcAddress(hMod, "CreateIconFromResourceEx");
- }
- }
- /* Let the OS do the real work :) */
- if (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx!=NULL) {
- hIcon = (HICON) (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx)
- (lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000,
- (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biWidth,
- (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biHeight/2, 0);
- } else {
- hIcon = NULL;
}
- /* It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way */
- if (hIcon == NULL) {
- /* We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image */
+
+ /*
+ * Let the OS do the real work :)
+ */
+
+ hIcon = (HICON) CreateIconFromResourceEx(lpIcon->lpBits,
+ lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000,
+ (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biWidth,
+ (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpIcon->lpBits).biHeight/2, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way.
+ */
+
+ if (hIcon == NULL) {
+ /*
+ * We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image.
+ */
+
if (lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
- hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes,
- isIcon, 0x00030000);
+ hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes,
+ isIcon, 0x00030000);
}
}
return hIcon;
@@ -769,44 +789,51 @@ MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon) {
* Reads the header from an ICO file, as specfied by channel.
*
* Results:
- * UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure.
- * If this succeeds, there is a decent chance this is a
- * valid icon file.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *
+ * UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure. If this succeeds,
+ * there is a decent chance this is a valid icon file.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static int
-ReadICOHeader( Tcl_Channel channel )
+
+static int
+ReadICOHeader(
+ Tcl_Channel channel)
{
- WORD Input;
- DWORD dwBytesRead;
+ union {
+ WORD word;
+ char bytes[sizeof(WORD)];
+ } input;
+
+ /*
+ * Read the 'reserved' WORD, which should be a zero word.
+ */
- /* Read the 'reserved' WORD */
- dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD ));
- /* Did we get a WORD? */
- if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD ))
+ if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
return -1;
- /* Was it 'reserved' ? (ie 0) */
- if (Input != 0)
+ }
+ if (input.word != 0) {
return -1;
- /* Read the type WORD */
- dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD ));
- /* Did we get a WORD? */
- if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD ))
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Read the type WORD, which should be of type 1.
+ */
+
+ if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
return -1;
- /* Was it type 1? */
- if (Input != 1)
+ }
+ if (input.word != 1) {
return -1;
- /* Get the count of images */
- dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD ));
- /* Did we get a WORD? */
- if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD ))
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Get and return the count of images.
+ */
+
+ if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) {
return -1;
- /* Return the count */
- return (int)Input;
+ }
+ return (int) input.word;
}
/*
@@ -824,76 +851,57 @@ ReadICOHeader( Tcl_Channel channel )
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static int
-InitWindowClass(WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
+
+static int
+InitWindowClass(
+ WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
{
- ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+ ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
- if (! tsdPtr->initialized) {
+ if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
tsdPtr->firstWindow = 1;
tsdPtr->iconPtr = NULL;
}
- if (! initialized) {
+ if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
- if (! initialized) {
- Tcl_DString classString;
+ if (!initialized) {
WNDCLASS class;
+
initialized = 1;
- if (shgetfileinfoProc == NULL) {
- HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("shell32");
- if (hInstance != NULL) {
- shgetfileinfoProc =
- (DWORD* (WINAPI *) (LPCTSTR pszPath, DWORD dwFileAttributes,
- SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags)) GetProcAddress(hInstance,
- "SHGetFileInfo");
- FreeLibrary(hInstance);
- }
- }
- if (setLayeredWindowAttributesProc == NULL) {
- HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("user32");
- if (hInstance != NULL) {
- setLayeredWindowAttributesProc =
- (BOOL (WINAPI *) (HWND hwnd, COLORREF crKey,
- BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags))
- GetProcAddress(hInstance,
- "SetLayeredWindowAttributes");
- FreeLibrary(hInstance);
- }
- }
/*
- * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are
- * in pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS.
+ * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are in
+ * pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS.
*/
+
ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
- Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, -1, &classString);
- class.lpszClassName = (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&classString);
+ class.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME;
class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
- class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), "tk");
+ class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), TEXT("tk"));
} else {
class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
if (class.hIcon == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
+
/*
- * Store pointer to default icon so we know when
- * we need to free that information
+ * Store pointer to default icon so we know when we need to
+ * free that information
*/
+
tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
}
class.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
- if (!(*tkWinProcs->registerClass)(&class)) {
+ if (!RegisterClass(&class)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkTopLevel class");
}
-
- Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winWmMutex);
}
@@ -915,6 +923,7 @@ InitWindowClass(WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static void
InitWm(void)
{
@@ -927,109 +936,94 @@ InitWm(void)
*
* WinSetIcon --
*
- * Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon
- * for a specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that
- * window is used).
+ * Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
+ * specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that window is used).
*
- * The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this
- * function returns successfully, the caller should assume
- * the icon was used (and therefore the ref-count should
- * be adjusted to reflect that fact). If the function returned
- * an error, the caller should assume the icon was not used
- * (and may wish to free the memory associated with it).
+ * The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this function
+ * returns successfully, the caller should assume the icon was used (and
+ * therefore the ref-count should be adjusted to reflect that fact). If
+ * the function returned an error, the caller should assume the icon was
+ * not used (and may wish to free the memory associated with it).
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return code.
*
* Side effects:
- * One or all windows may have their icon changed.
- * The Tcl result may be modified.
- * The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already.
+ * One or all windows may have their icon changed. The Tcl result may be
+ * modified. The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already.
* The given window will be forced into existence.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static int
-WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- WinIconPtr titlebaricon;
- Tk_Window tkw;
+WinSetIcon(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
+ Tk_Window tkw)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
HWND hwnd;
int application = 0;
if (tkw == NULL) {
- tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
+ tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
application = 1;
}
if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", Tk_PathName(tkw),
- "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_WindowId(tkw) == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkw);
}
- /* We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself */
- wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ /*
+ * We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself.
+ */
+
+ wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (application) {
if (hwnd == NULL) {
/*
* I don't actually think this is ever the correct thing, unless
- * perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all
+ * perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all
* windows have wrappers.
*/
+
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkw));
}
+
/*
* If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's
- * icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later
- * when Tk finishes initialising.
+ * icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when
+ * Tk finishes initialising.
*/
+
if (!initialized) {
if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set icon", (char*)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unable to set icon", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
- if (
-#ifdef _WIN64
- !SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM,
- (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL))
-#else
- !SetClassLong(hwnd, GCL_HICONSM,
- (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL))
-#endif
- ) {
- /*
- * For some reason this triggers, even though it seems
- * to be successful This is probably related to the
- * WNDCLASS vs WNDCLASSEX difference. Anyway it seems
- * we have to ignore errors returned here.
- */
- /*
- * Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set new small icon", (char*)NULL);
- * return TCL_ERROR;
- */
- }
- if (
-#ifdef _WIN64
- !SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON,
- (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG))
-#else
- !SetClassLong(hwnd, GCL_HICON,
- (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG))
-#endif
- ) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set new icon", (char*)NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
+ /*
+ * Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or
+ * SetClassLongPtr() since they return the previously set value
+ * which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN
+ * documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be
+ * checked.
+ */
+
+ SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM,
+ (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
+ SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON,
+ (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
@@ -1040,31 +1034,35 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw)
} else {
if (!initialized) {
/*
- * Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on
- * code which tries to set a toplevel's icon before that
- * happens. Ignore return result.
+ * Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on code which
+ * tries to set a toplevel's icon before that happens. Ignore
+ * return result.
*/
- (void)InitWindowClass(NULL);
+
+ (void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
}
+
/*
* The following code is exercised if you do
*
- * toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr
+ * toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr
*
- * i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create
- * the '.t' window before you set the icon.
+ * i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create the '.t' window
+ * before you set the icon.
*/
+
if (hwnd == NULL) {
/*
- * This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function,
- * and should probably be placed in one proper location
+ * This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, and
+ * should probably be placed in one proper location.
*/
+
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr->winPtr);
- wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
+ wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (hwnd == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
- "Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", (char*)NULL);
+ "Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
@@ -1073,16 +1071,23 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw)
SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG,
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
- /* Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure. */
+ /*
+ * Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure.
+ */
+
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
- /* Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window. */
+ /*
+ * Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window.
+ */
+
DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
}
+
/*
- * We do not need to increment the ref count for the
- * titlebaricon, because it was already incremented when we
- * retrieved it.
+ * We do not need to increment the ref count for the titlebaricon,
+ * because it was already incremented when we retrieved it.
*/
+
wmPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
}
return TCL_OK;
@@ -1093,8 +1098,8 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw)
*
* TkWinGetIcon --
*
- * Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon
- * for a specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG).
+ * Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a
+ * specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG).
*
* Results:
* A Windows HICON.
@@ -1104,22 +1109,29 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw)
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
HICON
-TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize)
+TkWinGetIcon(
+ Tk_Window tkwin,
+ DWORD iconsize)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
HICON icon;
- ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
+ ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* return default toplevel icon
*/
- return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, iconsize);
+
+ return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
}
- /* ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs */
+ /*
+ * Ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs.
+ */
+
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
@@ -1136,23 +1148,20 @@ TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize)
/*
* return window toplevel icon
*/
- return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, iconsize);
+
+ return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, (int) iconsize);
}
/*
- * Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or
- * finally with the window class.
+ * Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or finally with
+ * the window class.
*/
+
icon = (HICON) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize,
(LPARAM) NULL);
if (icon == (HICON) NULL) {
-#ifdef _WIN64
icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper,
(iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM);
-#else
- icon = (HICON) GetClassLong(wmPtr->wrapper,
- (iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCL_HICON : GCL_HICONSM);
-#endif
}
return icon;
}
@@ -1162,117 +1171,131 @@ TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize)
*
* ReadIconFromFile --
*
- * Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an
- * icon resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an
- * icon assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those
- * fail, then NULL is returned, and an error message will already be
- * in the interpreter.
- *
+ * Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an icon
+ * resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an icon
+ * assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those fail, then
+ * NULL is returned, and an error message will already be in the
+ * interpreter.
+ *
* Results:
- * A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with
- * its ref count already incremented. The calling procedure should
- * either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should
- * pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur.
+ * A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with its ref
+ * count already incremented. The calling function should either place
+ * this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to
+ * DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur.
*
* If the given fileName did not contain a valid icon structure,
* return NULL.
*
* Side effects:
- * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons
- * it contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be
- * passed to DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count
- * should be ensured to avoid memory leaks.
+ * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
+ * contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
+ * DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
+ * to avoid memory leaks.
*
- * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of
- * one of these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we
- * need do is implement some sort of lookup function between
- * filenames and WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need
- * to be changed. The pseudo-code for this is implemented below
- * in the 'if (0)' branch. It did not seem necessary to implement
- * this optimisation here, since moving to icon<->image
- * conversions will probably make it obsolete.
+ * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
+ * these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
+ * implement some sort of lookup function between filenames and
+ * WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need to be changed. The
+ * pseudo-code for this is implemented below in the 'if (0)' branch. It
+ * did not seem necessary to implement this optimisation here, since
+ * moving to icon<->image conversions will probably make it obsolete.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static WinIconPtr
-ReadIconFromFile(interp, fileName)
- Tcl_Interp *interp;
- Tcl_Obj *fileName;
+ReadIconFromFile(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *fileName)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
+ BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
+#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code? */
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this filename */) {
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
titlebaricon->refCount++;
return titlebaricon;
- } else {
- /* First check if it is a .ico file */
- BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
- lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE);
+ }
+#endif
- /*
- * Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file.
- * We want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab
- * (task-switching) display uses the right icon.
- */
- if (lpIR == NULL && shgetfileinfoProc != NULL) {
- SHFILEINFO sfiSM;
- Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
- DWORD *res;
- CONST char *file;
-
- file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
- if (file == NULL) { return NULL; }
- Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, file, -1, &ds2);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
- res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
- sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);
+ /*
+ * First check if it is a .ico file.
+ */
- if (res != 0) {
- SHFILEINFO sfi;
- int size;
-
- Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
- res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
- sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);
-
- /* Account for extra icon, if necessary */
- size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) +
- ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0);
- lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(size);
- if (lpIR == NULL) {
- if (res != 0) {
- DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
- }
- DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
- return NULL;
- }
- ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
+ lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE);
+
+ /*
+ * Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. We
+ * want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab (task-
+ * switching) display uses the right icon.
+ */
+
+ if (lpIR == NULL) {
+ SHFILEINFO sfiSM;
+ Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
+ DWORD *res;
+ const char *file;
- lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1);
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon;
- /* All other IconImages fields are ignored */
+ file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
+ if (file == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(file, -1, &ds2);
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
+ res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
+ sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);
+
+ if (res != 0) {
+ SHFILEINFO sfi;
+ unsigned size;
+
+ Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
+ res = (DWORD *)SHGetFileInfo((TCHAR *)Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
+ sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);
+ /*
+ * Account for extra icon, if necessary.
+ */
+
+ size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
+ + ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0);
+ lpIR = ckalloc(size);
+ if (lpIR == NULL) {
if (res != 0) {
- lpIR->IconImages[1].Width = 32;
- lpIR->IconImages[1].Height = 32;
- lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4;
- lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon;
+ DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
}
+ DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
+
+ lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1);
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon;
+
+ /*
+ * All other IconImages fields are ignored.
+ */
+
+ if (res != 0) {
+ lpIR->IconImages[1].Width = 32;
+ lpIR->IconImages[1].Height = 32;
+ lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4;
+ lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon;
}
- Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
- }
- if (lpIR != NULL) {
- titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
- titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
- titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
}
- return titlebaricon;
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
+ }
+ if (lpIR != NULL) {
+ titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
+ titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
+ titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
}
+ return titlebaricon;
}
/*
@@ -1280,90 +1303,95 @@ ReadIconFromFile(interp, fileName)
*
* GetIconFromPixmap --
*
- * Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if
- * possible, otherwise NULL is returned.
+ * Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if possible,
+ * otherwise NULL is returned.
*
* Results:
- * A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given
- * bitmap into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The
- * calling procedure should either place this structure inside a
- * WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount()
- * to ensure no memory leaks occur.
- *
- * If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure,
- * return NULL.
+ * A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given bitmap
+ * into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The calling
+ * function should either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure,
+ * or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory
+ * leaks occur.
+ *
+ * If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure, return
+ * NULL.
*
* Side effects:
- * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons
- * it contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be
- * passed to DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count
- * should be ensured to avoid memory leaks.
- *
- * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of
- * one of these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we
- * need do is implement some sort of lookup function between
- * pixmaps and WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need
- * to be changed.
+ * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it
+ * contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to
+ * DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured
+ * to avoid memory leaks.
+ *
+ * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of
+ * these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is
+ * implement some sort of lookup function between pixmaps and WinIconPtr
+ * structures and no other code will need to be changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static WinIconPtr
-GetIconFromPixmap(dsPtr, pixmap)
- Display *dsPtr;
- Pixmap pixmap;
+
+static WinIconPtr
+GetIconFromPixmap(
+ Display *dsPtr,
+ Pixmap pixmap)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
- TkWinDrawable* twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) pixmap;
-
+ TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
+ BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
+ ICONINFO icon;
+ HICON hIcon;
+ int width, height;
+
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
- return NULL;
+ return NULL;
}
-
+
+#if 0 /* TODO: Dead code?*/
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this pixmap */) {
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
titlebaricon->refCount++;
return titlebaricon;
- } else {
- BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
- ICONINFO icon;
- HICON hIcon;
- int width, height;
+ }
+#endif
- Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height);
+ Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height);
- icon.fIcon = TRUE;
- icon.xHotspot = 0;
- icon.yHotspot = 0;
- icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
- icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
+ icon.fIcon = TRUE;
+ icon.xHotspot = 0;
+ icon.yHotspot = 0;
+ icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
+ icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
- hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon);
- if (hIcon == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
+ hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon);
+ if (hIcon == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
- lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
- if (lpIR == NULL) {
- DestroyIcon(hIcon);
- return NULL;
- }
+ lpIR = ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
+ if (lpIR == NULL) {
+ DestroyIcon(hIcon);
+ return NULL;
+ }
- lpIR->nNumImages = 1;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon;
- /* These fields are ignored */
- lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0;
- lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0;
+ lpIR->nNumImages = 1;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon;
- titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
- titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
- titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
- return titlebaricon;
- }
+ /*
+ * These fields are ignored.
+ */
+
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0;
+ lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0;
+
+ titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
+ titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
+ titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
+ return titlebaricon;
}
/*
@@ -1377,14 +1405,17 @@ GetIconFromPixmap(dsPtr, pixmap)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated
- * with the icon resource structures. In this case the pointer
- * passed into this function is no longer valid.
+ * If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated with the
+ * icon resource structures. In this case the pointer passed into this
+ * function is no longer valid.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static void
-DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) {
+
+static void
+DecrIconRefCount(
+ WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
+{
titlebaricon->refCount--;
if (titlebaricon->refCount <= 0) {
@@ -1393,7 +1424,7 @@ DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) {
}
titlebaricon->iconBlock = NULL;
- ckfree((char*)titlebaricon);
+ ckfree(titlebaricon);
}
}
@@ -1402,9 +1433,8 @@ DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) {
*
* FreeIconBlock --
*
- * Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded
- * titlebaricon. The icon block pointer is no longer
- * valid once this function returns.
+ * Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded titlebaricon.
+ * The icon block pointer is no longer valid once this function returns.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1414,21 +1444,26 @@ DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) {
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static void
-FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)
+
+static void
+FreeIconBlock(
+ BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)
{
int i;
- /* Free all the bits */
- for (i=0; i< lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
+ /*
+ * Free all the bits.
+ */
+
+ for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
- ckfree((char*)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
+ ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
}
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon != NULL) {
DestroyIcon(lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon);
}
}
- ckfree ((char*)lpIR);
+ ckfree(lpIR);
}
/*
@@ -1441,79 +1476,107 @@ FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)
* Results:
* Returns the icon, if found, else NULL.
*
- * Side effects:
- *
- *
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static HICON
-GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size)
+
+static HICON
+GetIcon(
+ WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
+ int icon_size)
{
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
-
+ unsigned int size = (icon_size == 0 ? 16 : 32);
+ int i;
+
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
- return NULL;
+ return NULL;
}
lpIR = titlebaricon->iconBlock;
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return NULL;
- } else {
- unsigned int size = (icon_size == 0 ? 16 : 32);
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
- /* Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon*/
- if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size)
- && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size)
- && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) {
- return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon;
- }
- }
+ }
- /*
- * If we get here, then just return the first one,
- * it will have to do!
+ for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
+ /*
+ * Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon
*/
- if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
- return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon;
+
+ if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size)
+ && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size)
+ && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) {
+ return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon;
}
}
+
+ /*
+ * If we get here, then just return the first one, it will have to do!
+ */
+
+ if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
+ return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon;
+ }
return NULL;
}
+#if 0 /* UNUSED */
+static HCURSOR
+TclWinReadCursorFromFile(
+ Tcl_Interp* interp,
+ Tcl_Obj* fileName)
+{
+ BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
+ HICON res = NULL;
+
+ lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, FALSE);
+ if (lpIR == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
+ res = CopyImage(lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0, 0);
+ }
+ FreeIconBlock(lpIR);
+ return res;
+}
+#endif
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReadIconOrCursorFromFile --
*
- * Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by
- * char* fileName - Name of the ICO file. This name should
- * be in Utf format.
+ * Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by char* fileName -
+ * Name of the ICO file. This name should be in Utf format.
*
* Results:
* Returns an icon resource, if found, else NULL.
*
* Side effects:
- * May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter.
+ * May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-static BlockOfIconImagesPtr
-ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon)
+
+static BlockOfIconImagesPtr
+ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp,
+ Tcl_Obj *fileName,
+ BOOL isIcon)
{
- BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR, lpNew;
- Tcl_Channel channel;
- int i;
- DWORD dwBytesRead;
- LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE;
+ BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
+ Tcl_Channel channel;
+ int i;
+ DWORD dwBytesRead;
+ LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE;
+
+ /*
+ * Open the file.
+ */
- /* Open the file */
channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0);
if (channel == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error opening file \"",
- Tcl_GetString(fileName),
- "\" for reading",(char*)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error opening file \"",
+ Tcl_GetString(fileName), "\" for reading", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
@@ -1526,99 +1589,127 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon)
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
return NULL;
}
- /* Allocate memory for the resource structure */
- lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
- if (lpIR == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL);
- Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- return NULL;
- }
- /* Read in the header */
- if ((lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader( channel )) == -1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Invalid file header",(char*)NULL);
- Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- ckfree((char*) lpIR );
- return NULL;
- }
- /* Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images */
- lpNew = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckrealloc((char*)lpIR,
- sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + ((lpIR->nNumImages-1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE)));
- if (lpNew == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL);
- Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- ckfree( (char*)lpIR );
- return NULL;
- }
- lpIR = lpNew;
- /* Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries */
- lpIDE = (LPICONDIRENTRY) ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY));
- if (lpIDE == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate memory for the resource structure
+ */
+
+ lpIR = ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
+
+ /*
+ * Read in the header
+ */
+
+ lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader(channel);
+ if (lpIR->nNumImages == -1) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid file header", NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- ckfree( (char*)lpIR );
+ ckfree(lpIR);
return NULL;
}
- /* Read in the icon directory entries */
- dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char*)lpIDE,
- lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof( ICONDIRENTRY ));
- if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof( ICONDIRENTRY )) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error reading file",(char*)NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images.
+ */
+
+ lpIR = ckrealloc(lpIR, sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
+ + (lpIR->nNumImages - 1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE));
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries.
+ */
+
+ lpIDE = ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY));
+
+ /*
+ * Read in the icon directory entries.
+ */
+
+ dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIDE,
+ (int) (lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)));
+ if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- ckfree( (char*)lpIR );
+ ckfree(lpIDE);
+ ckfree(lpIR);
return NULL;
}
- /* NULL-out everything to make memory management easier */
- for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) {
+
+ /*
+ * NULL-out everything to make memory management easier.
+ */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = NULL;
}
- /* Loop through and read in each image */
- for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) {
- /* Allocate memory for the resource */
- lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = (LPBYTE) ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
- if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL);
- goto readError;
- }
+
+ /*
+ * Loop through and read in each image.
+ */
+
+ for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
+ /*
+ * Allocate memory for the resource.
+ */
+
+ lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
lpIR->IconImages[i].dwNumBytes = lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes;
- /* Seek to beginning of this image */
+
+ /*
+ * Seek to beginning of this image.
+ */
+
if (Tcl_Seek(channel, lpIDE[i].dwImageOffset, FILE_BEGIN) == -1) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error seeking in file",(char*)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error seeking in file", NULL);
goto readError;
}
- /* Read it in */
- dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
- lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
+
+ /*
+ * Read it in.
+ */
+
+ dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
+ (int) lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error reading file",(char*)NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL);
goto readError;
}
- /* Set the internal pointers appropriately */
- if (!AdjustIconImagePointers( &(lpIR->IconImages[i]))) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error converting to internal format",
- (char*)NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Set the internal pointers appropriately.
+ */
+
+ if (!AdjustIconImagePointers(&lpIR->IconImages[i])) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error converting to internal format",
+ NULL);
goto readError;
}
lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon =
- MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&(lpIR->IconImages[i]), isIcon);
+ MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&lpIR->IconImages[i], isIcon);
}
- /* Clean up */
- ckfree((char*)lpIDE);
+
+ /*
+ * Clean up
+ */
+
+ ckfree(lpIDE);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- if (lpIR == NULL){
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Reading of ", Tcl_GetString(fileName),
- " failed!",(char*)NULL);
+ if (lpIR == NULL) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Reading of ", Tcl_GetString(fileName),
+ " failed!", NULL);
return NULL;
}
return lpIR;
+
readError:
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
- for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) {
- if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
- ckfree((char*)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
+ for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
+ if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
+ ckfree(lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
}
}
- ckfree((char*)lpIDE );
- ckfree((char*)lpIR );
+ ckfree(lpIDE);
+ ckfree(lpIR);
return NULL;
}
@@ -1627,8 +1718,7 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon)
*
* GetTopLevel --
*
- * This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the
- * given HWND.
+ * This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the given HWND.
*
* Results:
* Returns the matching TkWindow.
@@ -1638,27 +1728,24 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon)
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
+
static TkWindow *
-GetTopLevel(hwnd)
- HWND hwnd;
+GetTopLevel(
+ HWND hwnd)
{
- ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+ Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
- * If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call
- * has completed, then the user data slot will not have been
- * set yet, so we use the global createWindow variable.
+ * If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call has
+ * completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we
+ * use the global createWindow variable.
*/
if (tsdPtr->createWindow) {
return tsdPtr->createWindow;
}
-#ifdef _WIN64
return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
-#else
- return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
-#endif
}
/*
@@ -1672,16 +1759,16 @@ GetTopLevel(hwnd)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current
- * minimum and maximum size values.
+ * Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current minimum
+ * and maximum size values.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-SetLimits(hwnd, info)
- HWND hwnd;
- MINMAXINFO *info;
+SetLimits(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ MINMAXINFO *info)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
@@ -1731,8 +1818,8 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info)
}
/*
- * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the
- * minimum and maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size.
+ * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and
+ * maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
@@ -1754,8 +1841,8 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info)
*
* TkWinWmCleanup --
*
- * Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is
- * called from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded.
+ * Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is called
+ * from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1767,19 +1854,19 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info)
*/
void
-TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance)
- HINSTANCE hInstance;
+TkWinWmCleanup(
+ HINSTANCE hInstance)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
/*
- * If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they
- * haven't been initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData.
+ * If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they haven't been
+ * initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData.
*/
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
- return;
+ return;
}
#endif
@@ -1788,11 +1875,10 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance)
}
initialized = 0;
- tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
- return;
+ return;
}
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
@@ -1804,9 +1890,8 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance)
*
* TkWmNewWindow --
*
- * This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level
- * window is created. Its job is to initialize the WmInfo
- * structure for the window.
+ * This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created.
+ * Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -1818,16 +1903,15 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance)
*/
void
-TkWmNewWindow(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */
+TkWmNewWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
- register WmInfo *wmPtr;
-
- wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
/*
* Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
*/
+
ZeroMemory(wmPtr, sizeof(WmInfo));
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
@@ -1859,7 +1943,7 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr)
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
- wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF) NULL;
+ wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF) 0;
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
@@ -1869,19 +1953,19 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr)
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
/*
- * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order
- * to detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
+ * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
+ * detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
- TopLevelEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
/*
- * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window
- * to the window manager.
+ * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
+ * window manager.
*/
- Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0);
+ Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, NULL);
}
/*
@@ -1889,24 +1973,23 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr)
*
* UpdateWrapper --
*
- * This function creates the wrapper window that contains the
- * window decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function
- * may be called after a window is mapped to change the window
- * style.
+ * This function creates the wrapper window that contains the window
+ * decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function may be called
+ * after a window is mapped to change the window style.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly
- * created wrapper.
+ * Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly created
+ * wrapper.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window to redecorate. */
+UpdateWrapper(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window to redecorate. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
HWND parentHWND, oldWrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
@@ -1915,24 +1998,27 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
WINDOWPLACEMENT place;
HICON hSmallIcon = NULL;
HICON hBigIcon = NULL;
- Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
+ Tcl_DString titleString;
int *childStateInfo = NULL;
- ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+ Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->window == None) {
/*
* Ensure existence of the window to update the wrapper for.
*/
+
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
child = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
parentHWND = NULL;
+
/*
- * nextHWND will help us maintain Z order.
- * focusHWND will help us maintain focus, if we had it.
+ * nextHWND will help us maintain Z order. focusHWND will help us maintain
+ * focus, if we had it.
*/
+
nextHWND = NULL;
focusHWND = GetFocus();
if ((oldWrapper == NULL) || (oldWrapper != GetForegroundWindow())) {
@@ -1947,16 +2033,15 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
if (!IsWindow(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Container was destroyed");
}
-
} else {
/*
- * Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
+ * Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
* created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent,
- * otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
+ * otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
* as an independent window, while having dropdows (like for a
- * combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows
- * get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows
- * appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does
+ * combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows
+ * get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows
+ * appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does
* not resize by default, so we need to explicitly add the
* WS_THICKFRAME style if we want it to be resizeable.
*/
@@ -1964,19 +2049,26 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
wmPtr->style = WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
- /* parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent */
+
+ /*
+ * Parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent.
+ */
+
parentHWND = GetDesktopWindow();
if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
wmPtr->style |= WS_CHILD;
} else {
wmPtr->style |= WS_POPUP;
}
+ } else if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
+ wmPtr->style = WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
+ wmPtr->exStyle = EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
} else if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
wmPtr->style = WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
parentHWND = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->masterPtr));
- if (! ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) &&
- (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE))) {
+ if (! ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
+ && (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE))) {
wmPtr->style |= WS_THICKFRAME;
}
} else {
@@ -1984,7 +2076,7 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
}
- wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig;
+ wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig;
wmPtr->exStyle |= wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
@@ -1996,12 +2088,8 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
* Compute the geometry of the parent and child windows.
*/
- if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
- }
-
wmPtr->flags |= WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
- UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData)winPtr);
+ UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING);
width = wmPtr->borderWidth + winPtr->changes.width;
@@ -2009,11 +2097,17 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
/*
* Set the initial position from the user or program specified
- * location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system
- * pick a location.
+ * location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system pick a
+ * location. In full screen mode the x,y origin is 0,0 and the window
+ * width and height match that of the screen.
*/
- if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))
+ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
+ x = 0;
+ y = 0;
+ width = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
+ height = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
+ } else if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
x = CW_USEDEFAULT;
y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
@@ -2023,42 +2117,38 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
}
/*
- * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point
- * to the TkWindow.
+ * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the
+ * TkWindow.
*/
tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
- wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);
- Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, -1, &classString);
- wmPtr->wrapper = (*tkWinProcs->createWindowEx)(wmPtr->exStyle,
- (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&classString),
+ wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);
+
+ wmPtr->wrapper = CreateWindowEx(wmPtr->exStyle,
+ TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME,
(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
- Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
-#ifdef _WIN64
SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr);
-#else
- SetWindowLong(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG) winPtr);
-#endif
tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;
- if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)
- && setLayeredWindowAttributesProc != NULL) {
+ if (wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) {
/*
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows wants an
- * int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation.
- * Add the 0.5 to round the value.
+ * int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. Add
+ * the 0.5 to round the value.
*/
- setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
+
+ SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
- LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0));
+ (unsigned)(LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj?LWA_COLORKEY:0)));
} else {
/*
* Layering not used or supported.
*/
+
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
@@ -2081,66 +2171,56 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
* We will adjust wrapper to have the same Z order as oldWrapper
* if it isn't a TOPMOST window.
*/
+
nextHWND = GetNextWindow(oldWrapper, GW_HWNDPREV);
}
}
/*
- * Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its
- * style appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that
- * Windows doesn't try to set the focus to the child window.
+ * Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its style
+ * appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that Windows
+ * doesn't try to set the focus to the child window.
*/
-#ifdef _WIN64
SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWL_STYLE,
WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS);
-#else
- SetWindowLong(child, GWL_STYLE,
- WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS);
-#endif
+
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
-#ifdef _WIN64
SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc);
-#else
- SetWindowLong(child, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) TopLevelProc);
-#endif
}
+
SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper);
if (oldWrapper) {
- hSmallIcon = (HICON) SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL,
- (LPARAM) NULL);
- hBigIcon = (HICON) SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG,
- (LPARAM) NULL);
+ hSmallIcon = (HICON)
+ SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)NULL);
+ hBigIcon = (HICON)
+ SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) NULL);
}
if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
&& (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) {
-#ifdef _WIN64
- SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG) NULL);
-#else
- SetWindowLong(oldWrapper, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG) NULL);
-#endif
+ SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) 0);
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
/*
* Unset the current wrapper as the parent for all transient
* children for whom this is the master
*/
+
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
- childStateInfo = (int *)ckalloc((unsigned) wmPtr->numTransients
- * sizeof(int));
+ childStateInfo = ckalloc(wmPtr->numTransients * sizeof(int));
state = 0;
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
- wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
- if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
- if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
- childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state;
- SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL);
- }
+ wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
+ if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
+ && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+ childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state;
+ SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL);
}
}
}
+
/*
* Remove the menubar before destroying the window so the menubar
* isn't destroyed.
@@ -2151,12 +2231,18 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
}
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
- SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0);
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED &&
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0)) {
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ,
+ Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window) winPtr),
+ Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window) winPtr));
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu,
+ (LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr));
+ }
/*
- * Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real
- * initial state. Set the Z order based on previous wrapper
- * before we set the state.
+ * Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real initial state.
+ * Set the Z order based on previous wrapper before we set the state.
*/
state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
@@ -2167,24 +2253,29 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
+ wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (hSmallIcon != NULL) {
- SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper,WM_SETICON,ICON_SMALL,(LPARAM)hSmallIcon);
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
+ (LPARAM) hSmallIcon);
}
if (hBigIcon != NULL) {
- SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper,WM_SETICON,ICON_BIG,(LPARAM)hBigIcon);
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hBigIcon);
}
/*
- * If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now,
- * because we do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not
- * get another opportunity to map ourselves. We should not be
- * in either iconified or zoomed states when we get here, so
- * it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without checking
- * what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState).
+ * If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, because we
+ * do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not get another opportunity
+ * to map ourselves. We should not be in either iconified or zoomed states
+ * when we get here, so it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without
+ * checking what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState).
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+ wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
+ }
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
@@ -2193,7 +2284,7 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
*/
if (wmPtr->hMenu != NULL) {
- wmPtr->flags = WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->hMenu);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
@@ -2201,31 +2292,31 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
if (childStateInfo) {
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
/*
- * Reset all transient children for whom this is the master
+ * Reset all transient children for whom this is the master.
*/
+
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
state = 0;
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
- wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
- if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
- if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
- UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
- TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]);
- }
+ wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
+ if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
+ && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+ UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
+ TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]);
}
}
}
- ckfree((char *) childStateInfo);
+ ckfree(childStateInfo);
}
/*
- * If this is the first window created by the application, then
- * we should activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had
- * the focus, we need to restore that.
- * XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would
- * XXX: best be avoided, if we could safely mask them.
+ * If this is the first window created by the application, then we should
+ * activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had the focus, we need
+ * to restore that.
+ * XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would best be
+ * XXX: avoided, if we could safely mask them.
*/
if (tsdPtr->firstWindow) {
@@ -2241,32 +2332,32 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr)
*
* TkWmMapWindow --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This
- * module gets a chance to update all window-manager-related
- * information in properties before the window manager sees
- * the map event and checks the properties. It also gets to
- * decide whether or not to even map the window after all.
+ * This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a
+ * chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties
+ * before the window manager sees the map event and checks the
+ * properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the
+ * window after all.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date
- * information to the window manager. The window may also get
- * mapped, but it may not be if this procedure decides that
- * isn't appropriate (e.g. because the window is withdrawn).
+ * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information
+ * to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not
+ * be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the
+ * window is withdrawn).
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to
- * be mapped. */
+TkWmMapWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
+ * mapped. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
+ Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
InitWm();
@@ -2277,8 +2368,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
* Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
*/
- if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL &&
- !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
+ if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
return;
}
@@ -2288,7 +2378,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
}
/*
- * Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that
+ * Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that
* we only send a map event if the window is in the normal state.
*/
@@ -2296,9 +2386,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
}
/*
- * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped.
- * Store all the window-manager-related information for the
- * window.
+ * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all the
+ * window-manager-related information for the window.
*/
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
@@ -2309,9 +2398,9 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
*
* TkWmUnmapWindow --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The
- * only thing it does special is unmap the decorative frame before
- * unmapping the toplevel window.
+ * This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing
+ * it does special is unmap the decorative frame before unmapping the
+ * toplevel window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -2323,9 +2412,9 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr)
*/
void
-TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to
- * be unmapped. */
+TkWmUnmapWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
+ * unmapped. */
{
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
}
@@ -2335,8 +2424,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr)
*
* TkpWmSetState --
*
- * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a
- * given toplevel window.
+ * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given
+ * toplevel window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -2348,13 +2437,13 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr)
*/
void
-TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
- int state; /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
+TkpWmSetState(
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
+ int state) /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState,
* or WithdrawnState. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- int cmd = 0;
+ int cmd;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
@@ -2370,6 +2459,8 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE;
} else if (state == ZoomState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED;
+ } else {
+ return;
}
ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd);
@@ -2377,13 +2468,103 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
}
/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWmSetFullScreen --
+ *
+ * Sets the fullscreen state for a toplevel window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The WM_FULLSCREEN flag is updated.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May create a new wrapper window and raise it.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+TkpWmSetFullScreen(
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */
+ int full_screen_state) /* True if window should be full screen */
+{
+ int changed = 0;
+ int full_screen = False;
+ WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ if (full_screen_state) {
+ if (! (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
+ full_screen = True;
+ changed = 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
+ full_screen = False;
+ changed = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (changed) {
+ if (full_screen) {
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
+ wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
+ wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
+ } else {
+ wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
+ wmPtr->x = wmPtr->configX;
+ wmPtr->y = wmPtr->configY;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the window has been mapped, then we need to update the native
+ * wrapper window, and reset the focus to the widget that had it
+ * before.
+ */
+
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
+ && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
+ TkWindow *focusWinPtr;
+
+ UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
+
+ focusWinPtr = TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
+ if (focusWinPtr) {
+ TkSetFocusWin(focusWinPtr, 1);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinGetState --
+ *
+ * This function returns state value of a toplevel window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May deiconify the toplevel window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+TkpWmGetState(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
+}
+
+/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmDeadWindow --
*
- * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is
- * about to be deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data
- * structures for the window.
+ * This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be
+ * deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -2395,8 +2576,8 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state)
*/
void
-TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
+TkWmDeadWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
@@ -2413,8 +2594,9 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
register WmInfo *prevPtr;
+
for (prevPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
- prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
+ prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow");
}
@@ -2434,8 +2616,8 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
wmPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
- VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
- WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr);
+ VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
+ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr);
wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != None)
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
@@ -2444,7 +2626,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
}
}
if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0)
- Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0");
+ Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0");
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
@@ -2475,29 +2657,30 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
- Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+ Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
/*
- * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied
- * to them anymore
+ * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore.
*/
+
if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
wmPtr2->numTransients--;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
- WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
if (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL) {
@@ -2512,20 +2695,25 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
DestroyWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
- } else {
+ } else if (winPtr->window) {
DestroyWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
}
+ } else {
+ if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
+ }
}
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
- * This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we
- * should do this after destroying the decorative frame,
- * because the decorative frame is using this icon.
+ * This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we should do this
+ * after destroying the decorative frame, because the decorative frame
+ * is using this icon.
*/
- DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
+
+ DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
}
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr);
+ ckfree(wmPtr);
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
}
@@ -2534,11 +2722,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
*
* TkWmSetClass --
*
- * This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's
- * class is changed. If the window has been mapped then this
- * procedure updates the window manager property for the
- * class. If the window hasn't been mapped, the update is
- * deferred until just before the first mapping.
+ * This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is
+ * changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the
+ * window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been
+ * mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -2550,9 +2737,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr)
*/
void
-TkWmSetClass(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */
+TkWmSetClass(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
+ /* Do nothing */
return;
}
@@ -2561,8 +2749,8 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr)
*
* Tk_WmObjCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user
+ * documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2575,49 +2763,53 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr)
/* ARGSUSED */
int
-Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
- ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with
- * interpreter. */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+Tk_WmObjCmd(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
- Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
+ Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
- "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "frame",
+ "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
"iconphoto", "iconposition",
- "iconwindow", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
- "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
- "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
- "withdraw", (char *) NULL };
+ "iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
+ "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
+ "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
+ "withdraw", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
- WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FRAME,
+ WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
+ WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET,
+ WMOPT_FRAME,
WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION,
- WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
- WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
- WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
- WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
+ WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE,
+ WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
+ WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
+ WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
+ WMOPT_WITHDRAW
+ };
int index, length;
- char *argv1;
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+ const char *argv1;
+ TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
- wrongNumArgs:
+ wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
- if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
+ if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (unsigned) length)
&& (length >= 3)) {
int wmTracing;
+
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
@@ -2648,76 +2840,81 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
- if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr)
+ if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) winPtrPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
+ if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE)
+ && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
- "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
- case WMOPT_ASPECT:
+ case WMOPT_ASPECT:
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
+ case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_CLIENT:
+ case WMOPT_CLIENT:
return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
+ case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS:
return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_COMMAND:
+ case WMOPT_COMMAND:
return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
+ case WMOPT_DEICONIFY:
return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
+ case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL:
return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_FRAME:
+ case WMOPT_FORGET:
+ return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+ case WMOPT_FRAME:
return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
+ case WMOPT_GEOMETRY:
return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_GRID:
+ case WMOPT_GRID:
return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_GROUP:
+ case WMOPT_GROUP:
return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
+ case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP:
return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
+ case WMOPT_ICONIFY:
return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
+ case WMOPT_ICONMASK:
return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
+ case WMOPT_ICONNAME:
return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
- return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
+ case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO:
+ return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+ case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION:
return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
+ case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW:
return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
+ case WMOPT_MANAGE:
+ return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
+ case WMOPT_MAXSIZE:
return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
+ case WMOPT_MINSIZE:
return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
+ case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT:
return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
+ case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM:
return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
+ case WMOPT_PROTOCOL:
return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
+ case WMOPT_RESIZABLE:
return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
+ case WMOPT_SIZEFROM:
return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
+ case WMOPT_STACKORDER:
return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_STATE:
+ case WMOPT_STATE:
return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_TITLE:
+ case WMOPT_TITLE:
return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
+ case WMOPT_TRANSIENT:
return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
- case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
+ case WMOPT_WITHDRAW:
return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
}
@@ -2730,8 +2927,8 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmAspectCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -2743,12 +2940,12 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmAspectCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
@@ -2760,12 +2957,9 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
-
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->minAspect.x,
- wmPtr->minAspect.y, wmPtr->maxAspect.x,
- wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d %d %d",
+ wmPtr->minAspect.x, wmPtr->minAspect.y,
+ wmPtr->maxAspect.x, wmPtr->maxAspect.y));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -2778,10 +2972,8 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
- (denom2 <= 0)) {
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0",
- TCL_STATIC);
+ if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || (denom2 <= 0)) {
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
@@ -2799,7 +2991,7 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmAttributesCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -2812,31 +3004,34 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmAttributesCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr;
- char *string;
- int i, boolean, length, updatewrapper = 0;
+ LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
+ const char *string;
+ int i, boolean, length;
+ int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
+ int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
- configArgs:
+ configArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window"
" ?-alpha ?double??"
" ?-transparentcolor ?color??"
" ?-disabled ?bool??"
+ " ?-fullscreen ?bool??"
" ?-toolwindow ?bool??"
" ?-topmost ?bool??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
exStyle = wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
- style = wmPtr->styleConfig;
+ style = wmPtr->styleConfig;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
@@ -2851,6 +3046,10 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED)));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
+ Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
+ Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)));
+ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)));
@@ -2866,16 +3065,19 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) {
goto configArgs;
}
- if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) {
+ if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
stylePtr = &style;
styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
- } else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0)
+ } else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", (unsigned) length) == 0)
|| ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor",
- length) == 0))) {
+ (unsigned) length) == 0))) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_LAYERED;
+ } else if (strncmp(string, "-fullscreen", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
+ config_fullscreen = 1;
+ styleBit = 0;
} else if ((length > 3)
- && (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", length) == 0)) {
+ && (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
if (objc != 4) {
@@ -2885,13 +3087,12 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
updatewrapper = 1;
}
} else if ((length > 3)
- && (strncmp(string, "-topmost", length) == 0)) {
+ && (strncmp(string, "-topmost", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_TOPMOST;
if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't set topmost flag on ",
- winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window",
- (char *) NULL);
+ winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
@@ -2926,7 +3127,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
- char *crefstr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);
+ const char *crefstr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);
if (length == 0) {
/* reset to no transparent color */
@@ -2955,44 +3156,50 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
/*
* Only ever add the WS_EX_LAYERED bit, as it can cause
- * flashing to change this window style. This allows things
+ * flashing to change this window style. This allows things
* like fading tooltips to avoid flash ugliness without
* forcing all window to be layered.
*/
+
if ((wmPtr->alpha < 1.0) || (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL)) {
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
}
- if ((setLayeredWindowAttributesProc != NULL)
- && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
+ if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
/*
* Set the window directly regardless of UpdateWrapper.
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows
* wants an int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the
- * translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value.
+ * translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value.
*/
+
if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) {
-#ifdef _WIN64
SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
*stylePtr);
-#else
- SetWindowLong(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
- *stylePtr);
-#endif
}
- setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
+ SetLayeredWindowAttributes((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
- LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0));
+ (unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
+ (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
}
}
} else {
- if ((i < objc-1) &&
- (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
- != TCL_OK)) {
+ if ((i < objc-1)
+ && Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
+ != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if (objc == 4) {
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
- ((*stylePtr & styleBit) != 0));
+ if (config_fullscreen) {
+ if (objc == 4) {
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
+ wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
+ } else {
+ fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
+ fullscreen_attr = boolean;
+ }
+ config_fullscreen = 0;
+ } else if (objc == 4) {
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
+ Tcl_NewBooleanObj(*stylePtr & styleBit));
} else if (boolean) {
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
} else {
@@ -3004,6 +3211,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
* Force the topmost position aspect to ensure that switching
* between (no)topmost reflects properly when rewrapped.
*/
+
SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper,
((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST) ?
HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST), 0, 0, 0, 0,
@@ -3013,9 +3221,10 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (wmPtr->styleConfig != style) {
/*
- * Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can
- * effect with EnableWindow.
+ * Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can effect
+ * with EnableWindow.
*/
+
wmPtr->styleConfig = style;
if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig == exStyle)
&& !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
@@ -3029,11 +3238,43 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
* UpdateWrapper ensure that all effects are properly handled,
* such as TOOLWINDOW disappearing from the taskbar.
*/
+
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
}
+ if (fullscreen_attr_changed) {
+ if (fullscreen_attr) {
+ if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+ "can't set fullscreen attribute for \"",
+ winPtr->pathName, "\": override-redirect flag is set",
+ NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Check max width and height if set by the user, don't worry
+ * about the default values since they will likely be smaller than
+ * screen width/height.
+ */
+
+ if (((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) &&
+ (WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxWidth)) ||
+ ((wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) &&
+ (HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxHeight))) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+ "can't set fullscreen attribute for \"",
+ winPtr->pathName, "\": max width/height is too small",
+ NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TkpWmSetFullScreen(winPtr, fullscreen_attr);
+ }
+
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -3042,8 +3283,8 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmClientCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3055,15 +3296,15 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmClientCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -3079,24 +3320,23 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
- Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
- "WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
+ Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
- wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)
- ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
- strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
+ wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
+ memcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3, (unsigned) length + 1);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
+
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
!= 0) {
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
@@ -3112,9 +3352,8 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmColormapwindowsCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows"
- * Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl
+ * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3126,16 +3365,16 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmColormapwindowsCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList;
- TkWindow *winPtr2;
+ TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv;
@@ -3158,14 +3397,12 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- cmapList = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned)
- ((windowObjc+1)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
+ cmapList = ckalloc((windowObjc + 1) * sizeof(TkWindow*));
gotToplevel = 0;
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
- (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK)
- {
- ckfree((char *) cmapList);
+ (Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
+ ckfree(cmapList);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
@@ -3185,7 +3422,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *)wmPtr->cmapList);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
}
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
@@ -3207,8 +3444,8 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmCommandCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3220,17 +3457,17 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmCommandCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
int cmdArgc;
- CONST char **cmdArgv;
+ const char **cmdArgv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
@@ -3238,16 +3475,15 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
- Tcl_SetResult(interp,
- Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv),
- TCL_DYNAMIC);
+ char *merged = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, merged, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
@@ -3260,7 +3496,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
@@ -3275,7 +3511,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmDeiconifyCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3288,12 +3524,12 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmDeiconifyCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -3303,56 +3539,18 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
- ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
+ ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName,
- ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
-
- wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
-
- /*
- * If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may
- * need to be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry
- * before it is deiconified by TkpWmSetState.
- * Don't bother if we've never been mapped.
- */
- if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) &&
- !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
- UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
- }
-
- /*
- * If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify'
- * should not cause the window to shrink
- */
- if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
- TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
- } else {
- TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
- }
-
- /*
- * An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time
- * by a call to MapFrame. That calls CreateWrapper
- * which sets the focus and raises the window.
- */
- if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+ if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName,
+ ": the container does not support the request", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
return TCL_OK;
}
-
- /*
- * Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top.
- */
- TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
- if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) {
- TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1);
- }
+ TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -3361,7 +3559,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3374,18 +3572,20 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmFocusmodelCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
- "active", "passive", (char *) NULL };
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+ "active", "passive", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
+ OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE
+ };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -3413,9 +3613,9 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * WmFrameCmd --
+ * WmForgetCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command.
+ * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3428,16 +3628,57 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmForgetCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
+{
+ register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+
+ if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+ Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
+ winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
+ Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
+ RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window));
+ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
+ /* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
+ /* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
+ TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
+ } else {
+ /* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
+ }
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmFrameCmd --
+ *
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmFrameCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
HWND hwnd;
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
@@ -3450,8 +3691,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
if (hwnd == NULL) {
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
}
- sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned int) hwnd);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd)));
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -3460,7 +3700,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmGeometryCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3473,25 +3713,24 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmGeometryCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char xSign, ySign;
int width, height;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if (objc == 3) {
- char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
+ if (objc == 3) {
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
@@ -3503,11 +3742,17 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
width = winPtr->changes.width;
height = winPtr->changes.height;
}
- sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x,
- ySign, wmPtr->y);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ int result = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
+
+ wmPtr->x = result >> 16;
+ wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff;
+ }
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+ width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y));
return TCL_OK;
}
+
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->width = -1;
@@ -3523,8 +3768,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmGridCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the
+ * user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3536,12 +3781,12 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmGridCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
@@ -3553,19 +3798,16 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
-
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->reqGridWidth,
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight, wmPtr->widthInc,
- wmPtr->heightInc);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d %d %d",
+ wmPtr->reqGridWidth, wmPtr->reqGridHeight,
+ wmPtr->widthInc, wmPtr->heightInc));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
- * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height
- * to make sense as ungridded numbers.
+ * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
+ * ungridded numbers.
*/
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc);
@@ -3612,8 +3854,8 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmGroupCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3625,16 +3867,16 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmGroupCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -3664,8 +3906,8 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
- wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
- strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
+ wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
+ memcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3, (unsigned) length + 1);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -3675,7 +3917,7 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconbitmapCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3688,32 +3930,38 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconbitmapCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
- char *string;
+ const char *string;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc == 5) {
- /* If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag */
- char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+ /*
+ * If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag.
+ */
+
+ const char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
+
if (strcmp(argv3, "-default")) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal option \"",
- argv3, "\" must be \"-default\"",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal option \"", argv3,
+ "\" must be \"-default\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
useWinPtr = NULL;
} else if (objc == 3) {
- /* No arguments were given */
+ /*
+ * No arguments were given.
+ */
+
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap),
@@ -3735,42 +3983,46 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
} else {
/*
* In the future this block of code will use Tk's 'image'
- * functionality to allow all supported image formats.
- * However, this will require a change to the way icons are
- * handled. We will need to add icon<->image conversions
- * routines.
+ * functionality to allow all supported image formats. However, this
+ * will require a change to the way icons are handled. We will need to
+ * add icon<->image conversions routines.
*
- * Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the
- * given argument, and if that fails, we use the older
- * bitmap code. We do things this way round (icon then
- * bitmap), because the bitmap code actually seems to have
- * no visible effect, so we want to give the icon code the
- * first try at doing something.
+ * Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the given
+ * argument, and if that fails, we use the older bitmap code. We do
+ * things this way round (icon then bitmap), because the bitmap code
+ * actually seems to have no visible effect, so we want to give the
+ * icon code the first try at doing something.
*/
/*
- * Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its
- * ref count already incremented.
+ * Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its ref
+ * count already incremented.
*/
+
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = ReadIconFromFile(interp, objv[objc-1]);
if (titlebaricon != NULL) {
/*
- * Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default'
- * icon, we must pass in NULL
+ * Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default' icon,
+ * we must pass in NULL
*/
+
if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
- /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */
+ /*
+ * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
+ */
+
DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
titlebaricon = NULL;
}
}
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
/*
- * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid
- * icon. Try as a bitmap. First we must clear the
- * error message which was placed in the interpreter
+ * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as
+ * a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was
+ * placed in the interpreter.
*/
+
Pixmap pixmap;
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, string);
@@ -3780,13 +4032,14 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
titlebaricon = GetIconFromPixmap(Tk_Display(winPtr), pixmap);
- if (titlebaricon != NULL) {
- if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr)
- != TCL_OK) {
- /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */
- DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
- titlebaricon = NULL;
- }
+ if (titlebaricon != NULL && WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon,
+ (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+ /*
+ * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
+ */
+
+ DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
+ titlebaricon = NULL;
}
}
}
@@ -3798,8 +4051,8 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconifyCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -3811,37 +4064,38 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconifyCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
+ ": the container does not support the request", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ }
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
- "\": override-redirect flag is set", (char *) NULL);
+ "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
- "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL);
+ "\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
- ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
- return TCL_ERROR;
- }
- if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
- ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL);
+ ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
@@ -3853,7 +4107,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconmaskCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3866,16 +4120,16 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconmaskCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
@@ -3911,7 +4165,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconnameCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3924,15 +4178,15 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconnameCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
@@ -3946,11 +4200,11 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconName);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
- wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
- strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
+ wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
+ memcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3, (unsigned) length + 1);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
}
@@ -3963,8 +4217,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconphotoCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto"
- * Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -3977,30 +4230,36 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconphotoCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
- int i, size, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
- unsigned char *bgraPixelPtr;
+ int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
+ union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
+ union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraMask;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
HICON hIcon;
+ unsigned size;
+ BITMAPINFO bmInfo;
+ ICONINFO iconInfo;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
+
/*
* Iterate over all images to validate their existence.
*/
+
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
useWinPtr = NULL;
startObj = 4;
@@ -4014,58 +4273,124 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
- "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
- /* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
- * memory space. */
- size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
- + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc - (startObj+1)));
- lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(size);
+
+ /*
+ * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
+ * memory space.
+ */
+
+ size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
+ lpIR = attemptckalloc(size);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj;
+
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
/*
- * Convert the image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD) and then
- * encode the image data into an HICON.
+ * Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color
+ * bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use
+ * CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps and
+ * converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
+ */
+
+ ZeroMemory(&iconInfo, sizeof(iconInfo));
+ iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;
+
+ /*
+ * Create device-independant color bitmap.
*/
- bufferSize = height * width * block.pixelSize;
- bgraPixelPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(bufferSize);
+
+ ZeroMemory(&bmInfo, sizeof bmInfo);
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32;
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
+
+ iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
+ &bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
+ if (!iconInfo.hbmColor) {
+ ckfree(lpIR);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create color bitmap for \"",
+ Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD).
+ */
+
+ bufferSize = height * width * 4;
for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) {
- bgraPixelPtr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2];
- bgraPixelPtr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1];
- bgraPixelPtr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0];
- bgraPixelPtr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3];
- }
- hIcon = CreateIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), width, height, 1, 32,
- NULL, (BYTE *) bgraPixelPtr);
- ckfree((char *) bgraPixelPtr);
+ bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2];
+ bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1];
+ bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0];
+ bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3];
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't appear to
+ * matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon mask based on the
+ * alpha channel in our color bitmap.
+ */
+
+ bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1;
+
+ iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection(NULL, &bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS,
+ &bgraMask.voidPtr, NULL, 0);
+ if (!iconInfo.hbmMask) {
+ DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
+ ckfree(lpIR);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create mask bitmap for \"",
+ Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+
+ ZeroMemory(bgraMask.ptr, width*height/8);
+
+ /*
+ * Create an icon from the bitmaps.
+ */
+
+ hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&iconInfo);
+ DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
+ DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask);
if (hIcon == NULL) {
- /* XXX should free up created icons */
- Tcl_Free((char *) lpIR);
+ /*
+ * XXX should free up created icons.
+ */
+
+ ckfree(lpIR);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create icon for \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width;
+ lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width;
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Height = height;
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Colors = 4;
- lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon;
+ lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon;
}
- titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
+
+ titlebaricon = ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
- /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */
+ /*
+ * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
+ */
+
DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -4077,8 +4402,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconpositionCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition"
- * Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4091,12 +4415,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconpositionCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y;
@@ -4107,11 +4431,8 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
-
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d", wmPtr->hints.icon_x,
- wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d",
+ wmPtr->hints.icon_x, wmPtr->hints.icon_y));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
@@ -4119,7 +4440,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
- || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
+ || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
@@ -4134,7 +4455,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmIconwindowCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4147,12 +4468,12 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmIconwindowCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
@@ -4173,8 +4494,8 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
/*
- * Let the window use button events again, then remove
- * it as icon window.
+ * Let the window use button events again, then remove it as icon
+ * window.
*/
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask
@@ -4191,14 +4512,14 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
- " as icon window: not at top level", (char *) NULL);
+ " as icon window: not at top level", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
- " is already an icon for ",
- Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), (char *) NULL);
+ " is already an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor),
+ NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
@@ -4215,10 +4536,9 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
/*
- * Disable button events in the icon window: some window
- * managers (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves,
- * but X only allows one application at a time to receive
- * button events for a window.
+ * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
+ * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows
+ * one application at a time to receive button events for a window.
*/
atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask
@@ -4240,9 +4560,9 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
- * WmMaxsizeCmd --
+ * WmManageCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command.
+ * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4255,12 +4575,65 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmManageCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
+{
+ register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+ if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
+ Tk_PathName(frameWin), "\" is not manageable: must be "
+ "a frame, labelframe or toplevel", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
+ Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
+ winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
+ RemapWindows(winPtr, NULL);
+ if (wmPtr == NULL) {
+ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
+ }
+ wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+ winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
+ /* flags (above) must be set before calling */
+ /* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
+ TkMapTopFrame (frameWin);
+ } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
+ /* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
+ }
+ return TCL_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * WmMaxsizeCmd --
+ *
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * A standard Tcl result.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * See the user documentation.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static int
+WmMaxsizeCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
@@ -4270,11 +4643,8 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
-
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d", width, height));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
@@ -4292,8 +4662,8 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmMinsizeCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -4305,12 +4675,12 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmMinsizeCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
@@ -4320,11 +4690,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
-
GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d", width, height));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
@@ -4342,9 +4709,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmOverrideredirectCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect"
- * Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl
+ * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -4356,12 +4722,12 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmOverrideredirectCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int boolean, curValue;
@@ -4371,25 +4737,39 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ curValue = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1;
+ if (curValue < 0) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
+ "Container does not support overrideredirect", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
+ }
if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), curValue);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(curValue));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (curValue != boolean) {
- /*
- * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it
- * causes some funky stuff to occur
- */
- atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
- Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
- &atts);
- if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
- && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
- UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0);
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
+ * some funky stuff to occur.
+ */
+
+ atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
+ Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
+ &atts);
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
+ && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+ UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
+ }
}
}
return TCL_OK;
@@ -4400,8 +4780,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmPositionfromCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom"
- * Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4414,18 +4793,20 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmPositionfromCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
- "program", "user", (char *) NULL };
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+ "program", "user", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
+ OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
+ };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -4464,7 +4845,7 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmProtocolCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4477,17 +4858,17 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmProtocolCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
- char *cmd;
+ const char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
@@ -4498,8 +4879,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
/*
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
*/
+
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
- protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+ protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol));
}
@@ -4510,8 +4892,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
/*
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
*/
+
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
- protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+ protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
@@ -4521,26 +4904,25 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
/*
- * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new
- * one with the specified command, unless the command is
- * empty.
+ * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
+ * specified command, unless the command is empty.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
- prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
+ prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
- Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
+ Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
- protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *) ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
+ protPtr = ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
@@ -4555,7 +4937,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmResizableCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4568,12 +4950,12 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmResizableCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
@@ -4583,12 +4965,9 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
- char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
-
- sprintf(buf, "%d %d",
- (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1,
- (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1);
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf("%d %d",
+ (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1,
+ (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1));
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
@@ -4618,7 +4997,7 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmSizefromCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4631,18 +5010,20 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmSizefromCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
- "program", "user", (char *) NULL };
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+ "program", "user", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
+ OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
+ };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -4682,7 +5063,7 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmStackorderCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4695,18 +5076,20 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmStackorderCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
- "isabove", "isbelow", (char *) NULL };
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+ "isabove", "isbelow", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
+ OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW
+ };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
@@ -4718,66 +5101,66 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed");
- } else {
- for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
- Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
- }
- ckfree((char *) windows);
- return TCL_OK;
}
+ for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
+ Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
+ }
+ ckfree(windows);
+ return TCL_OK;
} else {
- TkWindow *winPtr2;
+ TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
- if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2)
- != TCL_OK) {
+ if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4],
+ (Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
- "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
- "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
- "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL);
+ "\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
- * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children
- * of "." and find the position of winPtr and winPtr2
- * in the stacking order.
+ * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
+ * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
*/
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
-
if (windows == NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
- } else {
- for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
- if (*window_ptr == winPtr)
- index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
- if (*window_ptr == winPtr2)
- index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
- }
- if (index1 == -1)
- Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
- if (index2 == -1)
- Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
+ }
- ckfree((char *) windows);
+ for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
+ if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
+ index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
+ }
+ if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
+ index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
+ }
}
+ if (index1 == -1) {
+ Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
+ }
+ if (index2 == -1) {
+ Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
+ }
+
+ ckfree(windows);
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
@@ -4788,10 +5171,9 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
- Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), result);
+ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
return TCL_OK;
}
- return TCL_OK;
}
/*
@@ -4799,8 +5181,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmStateCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -4812,18 +5194,20 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmStateCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
- "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", (char *) NULL };
+ static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
+ "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
+ };
enum options {
- OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED };
+ OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED
+ };
int index;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
@@ -4833,15 +5217,12 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
- ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ",
+ Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
- winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window",
- (char *) NULL);
+ if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
+ &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -4850,25 +5231,52 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ int state = 0;
+
+ switch (index) {
+ case OPT_NORMAL:
+ state = NormalState;
+ break;
+ case OPT_ICONIC:
+ state = IconicState;
+ break;
+ case OPT_WITHDRAWN:
+ state = WithdrawnState;
+ break;
+ case OPT_ZOOMED:
+ state = ZoomState;
+ break;
+ default:
+ Tcl_Panic("unexpected index");
+ }
+
+ if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
+ winPtr->pathName,
+ ": the container does not support the request", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ return TCL_OK;
+ }
+
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+
/*
- * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not
- * force the window to be raised and receive focus
+ * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
+ * window to be raised and receive focus.
*/
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"",
- winPtr->pathName,
- "\": override-redirect flag is set",
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
+ "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"",
- winPtr->pathName,
- "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL);
+ winPtr->pathName, "\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
@@ -4884,17 +5292,24 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "icon", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
- switch (wmPtr->hints.initial_state) {
- case NormalState:
+ int state;
+
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1)-1;
+ } else {
+ state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
+ }
+ switch (state) {
+ case NormalState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
break;
- case IconicState:
+ case IconicState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
break;
- case WithdrawnState:
+ case WithdrawnState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
break;
- case ZoomState:
+ case ZoomState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
@@ -4908,8 +5323,8 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmTitleCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command.
- * See the user documentation for details on what it does.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See
+ * the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
@@ -4921,39 +5336,56 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmTitleCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- char *argv3;
+ const char *argv3;
int length;
+ HWND wrapper;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
+
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ wrapper = (HWND) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
+ } else {
+ wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
+ }
if (objc == 3) {
- Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
- ((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid),
- TCL_STATIC);
- return TCL_OK;
+ if (wrapper) {
+ TCHAR buf[256];
+ Tcl_DString titleString;
+ int size = 256;
+
+ GetWindowText(wrapper, buf, size);
+ Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString);
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), TCL_VOLATILE);
+ Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
+ } else {
+ Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
+ ((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid),
+ TCL_STATIC);
+ }
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) wmPtr->title);
+ ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
- wmPtr->title = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
- strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
+ wmPtr->title = ckalloc(length + 1);
+ memcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3, (unsigned) length + 1);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
Tcl_DString titleString;
+
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
- (*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(wmPtr->wrapper,
- (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
+ SetWindowText(wrapper, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
}
}
@@ -4965,7 +5397,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmTransientCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -4978,15 +5410,15 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmTransientCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr;
+ TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
@@ -5002,20 +5434,20 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
/*
- * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied
- * to them anymore
+ * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
+ * anymore.
*/
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
- WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
}
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3],
- (Tk_Window *) &masterPtr) != TCL_OK) {
+ (Tk_Window *) masterPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
@@ -5028,56 +5460,51 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" a transient: it is an icon for ",
- Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"",
- Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" a master: it is an icon for ",
- Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
+ Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr),
- "\" its own master",
- (char *) NULL);
+ "\" its own master", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
/*
- * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting
- * the new master. The event handler will ensure that
- * transient states reflect the state of the master.
+ * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
+ * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
+ * reflect the state of the master.
*/
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
- WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
}
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
- WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
}
}
if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
- if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL &&
- !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
+ if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL
+ && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
} else {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
@@ -5091,7 +5518,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*
* WmWithdrawCmd --
*
- * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.
+ * This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
@@ -5104,12 +5531,12 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
*/
static int
-WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
- int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
- Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
+WmWithdrawCmd(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
+ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
+ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -5119,45 +5546,55 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
- ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor),
- (char *) NULL);
+ ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
- wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
- TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
+
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ if (SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) {
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
+ ": the container does not support the request", NULL);
+ return TCL_ERROR;
+ }
+ } else {
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
+ }
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
- * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
- * Schedules a geometry update.
+ * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
+ * update.
*/
+
static void
-WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr)
- WmInfo *wmPtr;
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+WmUpdateGeom(
+ WmInfo *wmPtr,
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void
-WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(clientData, eventPtr)
- ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to window. */
- XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */
+WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
+ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
- TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+ TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL)
return;
if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
- if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN))
+ if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+ }
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
}
@@ -5179,34 +5616,34 @@ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(clientData, eventPtr)
*
* Tk_SetGrid --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
- * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window.
- * It provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and
- * is usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option.
+ * This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid
+ * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It
+ * provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is
+ * usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so
- * that the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on
- * even grid units. If some other window already controls gridding
- * for the top-level window then this procedure call has no effect.
+ * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that
+ * the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid
+ * units. If some other window already controls gridding for the
+ * top-level window then this function call has no effect.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. New window mgr info
- * will be posted for the top-level window
+Tk_SetGrid(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will
+ * be posted for the top-level window
* associated with this window. */
- int reqWidth; /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to
- * the requested geometry for tkwin. */
- int reqHeight; /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to
- * the requested geometry for tkwin. */
- int widthInc, heightInc; /* Pixel increments corresponding to a
- * change of one grid unit. */
+ int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
+ * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+ int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
+ * requested geometry for tkwin. */
+ int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
+ * of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
@@ -5214,6 +5651,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
/*
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
*/
+
if (widthInc <= 0) {
widthInc = 1;
}
@@ -5221,7 +5659,6 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
heightInc = 1;
}
-
/*
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
* information.
@@ -5249,15 +5686,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
}
/*
- * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window
- * size requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are
- * in pixel units and there's no easy way to translate them to
- * grid units since the new requested size of the top-level window in
- * pixels may not yet have been registered yet (it may filter up
- * the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). However, if the window
- * has never been mapped yet then just leave the window size alone:
- * assume that it is intended to be in grid units but just happened
- * to have been specified before this procedure was called.
+ * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
+ * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
+ * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
+ * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
+ * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
+ * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
+ * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
+ * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was
+ * called.
*/
if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
@@ -5266,8 +5703,8 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
}
/*
- * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing
- * all of this information to the window manager.
+ * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all
+ * of this information to the window manager.
*/
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
@@ -5277,7 +5714,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
@@ -5287,23 +5724,22 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc)
*
* Tk_UnsetGrid --
*
- * This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call
- * to Tk_SetGrid.
+ * This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window,
- * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other
- * window controls gridding then this procedure has no effect.
+ * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window
+ * controls gridding then this function has no effect.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window that is currently
+Tk_UnsetGrid(
+ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
@@ -5338,7 +5774,7 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin)
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
@@ -5348,25 +5784,25 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin)
*
* TopLevelEventProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked when a top-level (or other externally-
- * managed window) is restructured in any way.
+ * This function is invoked when a top-level (or other externally-managed
+ * window) is restructured in any way.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to
- * reflect the structural change.
+ * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
+ * the structural change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
- ClientData clientData; /* Window for which event occurred. */
- XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event that just happened. */
+TopLevelEventProc(
+ ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
+ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
- register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+ register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
@@ -5374,28 +5810,18 @@ TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
/*
* A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
- * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
- * best we can. The error handler is needed because
+ * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
+ * best we can. The error handler is needed because
* Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
* it's already gone.
*/
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
- (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
+ NULL, NULL);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
}
- else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
- WmInfo *wmPtr;
- wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
-
- if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
- Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
- SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
- Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
- }
- }
}
/*
@@ -5403,36 +5829,38 @@ TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr)
*
* TopLevelReqProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever
- * the requested size for a top-level window is changed.
+ * This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the
+ * requested size for a top-level window is changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request
- * (this happens as a when-idle action).
+ * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
+ * happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
-TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin)
- ClientData dummy; /* Not used. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Information about window. */
+TopLevelReqProc(
+ ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
- SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
- Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
- }
- if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
- wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+ if (wmPtr) {
+ if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
+ Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
+ }
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+ }
}
}
@@ -5441,55 +5869,53 @@ TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin)
*
* UpdateGeometryInfo --
*
- * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first
- * mapped, and also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the
- * geometry and/or position of a top-level window back into
- * line with what has been requested by the user and/or widgets.
- * This procedure doesn't return until the system has
+ * This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and
+ * also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of
+ * a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the
+ * user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the system has
* responded to the geometry change.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents
- * that from happening.
+ * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that
+ * from happening.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
-UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
- ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to the window's record. */
+UpdateGeometryInfo(
+ ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */
int width, height; /* Size of client area. */
int min, max;
RECT rect;
- register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
+ register TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
/*
- * If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update
- * our geometry since it will end up with the wrong values.
- * ConfigureToplevel will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the
- * state of the window changes.
+ * If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update our
+ * geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. ConfigureToplevel
+ * will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the state of the window
+ * changes.
*/
if (wmPtr->wrapper && (IsIconic(wmPtr->wrapper) ||
- IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper))) {
+ IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper) || (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN))) {
return;
}
/*
- * Compute the border size for the current window style. This
- * size will include the resize handles, the title bar and the
- * menubar. Note that this size will not be correct if the
- * menubar spans multiple lines. The height will be off by a
- * multiple of the menubar height. It really only measures the
- * minimum size of the border.
+ * Compute the border size for the current window style. This size will
+ * include the resize handles, the title bar and the menubar. Note that
+ * this size will not be correct if the menubar spans multiple lines. The
+ * height will be off by a multiple of the menubar height. It really only
+ * measures the minimum size of the border.
*/
rect.left = rect.right = rect.top = rect.bottom = 0;
@@ -5499,15 +5925,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
wmPtr->borderHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top;
/*
- * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the
- * user documentation for details on this, but the size
- * requested depends on (a) the size requested internally
- * by the window's widgets, (b) the size requested by the
- * user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based interactive
- * resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
- * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for
- * the toplevel. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets
- * the X server.
+ * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
+ * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on
+ * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size
+ * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based
+ * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is
+ * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't
+ * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server.
*/
if (wmPtr->width == -1) {
@@ -5521,15 +5945,17 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
if (width <= 0) {
width = 1;
}
+
/*
* Account for window max/min width
*/
+
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
min = winPtr->reqWidth
+ (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) {
max = winPtr->reqWidth
- + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
+ + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc;
} else {
max = 0;
}
@@ -5554,15 +5980,17 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
if (height <= 0) {
height = 1;
}
+
/*
* Account for window max/min height
*/
+
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
min = winPtr->reqHeight
+ (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) {
max = winPtr->reqHeight
- + (wmPtr->maxHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
+ + (wmPtr->maxHeight-wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
} else {
max = 0;
}
@@ -5578,55 +6006,37 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
/*
* Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
- * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the
- * border widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation,
- * but can't use the parent's current overall size since that may
- * change as a result of this code.
+ * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
+ * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
+ * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
+ * of this code.
*/
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->x
- (width + wmPtr->borderWidth);
} else {
- x = wmPtr->x;
+ x = wmPtr->x;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->y
- (height + wmPtr->borderHeight);
} else {
- y = wmPtr->y;
- }
-
- /*
- * If this window is embedded and the container is also in this
- * process, we don't need to do anything special about the
- * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known
- * by the container. Also, zero out any position information,
- * since embedded windows are not allowed to move.
- */
-
- if (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
- TkWindow *childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
-
- wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0;
- wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
- if (childPtr != NULL) {
- Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) childPtr, width, height);
- }
- return;
+ y = wmPtr->y;
}
/*
- * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base
+ * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base
* the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
* Return immediately if there have been no changes in the requested
* geometry of the toplevel.
*/
+
/* TODO: need to add flag for possible menu size change */
- if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
- || (width != wmPtr->configWidth)
- || (height != wmPtr->configHeight))) {
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING)
+ && (width == wmPtr->configWidth)
+ && (height == wmPtr->configHeight)) {
return;
}
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING;
@@ -5635,9 +6045,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
/*
- * Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of
- * creating it. Just update the geometry info based on what
- * we asked for.
+ * Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of creating it.
+ * Just update the geometry info based on what we asked for.
*/
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_CREATE_PENDING) {
@@ -5651,12 +6060,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
/*
- * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need
- * to send it a geometry request. This protocol assumes that
- * the other process understands this Tk message, otherwise
- * our requested geometry will be ignored.
+ * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it
+ * a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process
+ * understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will
+ * be ignored.
*/
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y);
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height);
} else {
int reqHeight, reqWidth;
@@ -5665,15 +6075,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
int newHeight;
/*
- * We have to keep resizing the window until we get the
- * requested height in the client area. If the client
- * area has zero height, then the window rect is too
- * small by definition. Try increasing the border height
- * and try again. Once we have a positive size, then
- * we can adjust the height exactly. If the window
- * rect comes back smaller than we requested, we have
- * hit the maximum constraints that Windows imposes.
- * Once we find a positive client size, the next size
+ * We have to keep resizing the window until we get the requested
+ * height in the client area. If the client area has zero height, then
+ * the window rect is too small by definition. Try increasing the
+ * border height and try again. Once we have a positive size, then we
+ * can adjust the height exactly. If the window rect comes back
+ * smaller than we requested, we have hit the maximum constraints that
+ * Windows imposes. Once we find a positive client size, the next size
* is the one we try no matter what.
*/
@@ -5705,11 +6113,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
/*
* We're done.
*/
+
break;
} else if (newHeight > height) {
/*
* One last resize to get rid of the extra space.
*/
+
menuInc = newHeight - height;
reqHeight -= menuInc;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
@@ -5720,11 +6130,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
}
/*
- * We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested
- * height, so the menu must have wrapped. Increase the
- * size of the window by one menu height and move the
- * window if it is positioned relative to the lower right
- * corner of the screen.
+ * We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested height, so
+ * the menu must have wrapped. Increase the size of the window by
+ * one menu height and move the window if it is positioned
+ * relative to the lower right corner of the screen.
*/
reqHeight += menuInc;
@@ -5744,13 +6153,12 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
*
* ParseGeometry --
*
- * This procedure parses a geometry string and updates
- * information used to control the geometry of a top-level
- * window.
+ * This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to
+ * control the geometry of a top-level window.
*
* Results:
- * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in
- * the interp's result if an error occurs.
+ * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's
+ * result if an error occurs.
*
* Side effects:
* The size and/or location of winPtr may change.
@@ -5759,17 +6167,17 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData)
*/
static int
-ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
- Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */
- char *string; /* String containing new geometry. Has the
+ParseGeometry(
+ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
+ const char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the
* standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to top-level window whose
- * geometry is to be changed. */
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
+ * is to be changed. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y, width, height, flags;
char *end;
- register char *p = string;
+ register const char *p = string;
/*
* The leading "=" is optional.
@@ -5780,9 +6188,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
}
/*
- * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't
- * actually update any of the fields of wmPtr until we've
- * successfully parsed the entire geometry string.
+ * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
+ * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
+ * geometry string.
*/
width = wmPtr->width;
@@ -5836,10 +6244,10 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
}
/*
- * Assume that the geometry information came from the user,
- * unless an explicit source has been specified. Otherwise
- * most window managers assume that the size hints were
- * program-specified and they ignore them.
+ * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
+ * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
+ * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
+ * them.
*/
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
@@ -5848,9 +6256,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
}
/*
- * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and
- * arrange for the appropriate information to be percolated out
- * to the window manager at the next idle moment.
+ * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
+ * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
+ * at the next idle moment.
*/
wmPtr->width = width;
@@ -5861,14 +6269,13 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
wmPtr->flags = flags;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
return TCL_OK;
- error:
- Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"",
- string, "\"", (char *) NULL);
+ error:
+ Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
@@ -5877,13 +6284,13 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
*
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
*
- * Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the
- * window's lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates
- * corresponding to point (0,0) in the window.
+ * Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's
+ * lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to
+ * point (0,0) in the window.
*
* Results:
- * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with
- * the root coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin.
+ * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root
+ * coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -5892,10 +6299,10 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr)
*/
void
-Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. */
- int *xPtr; /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
- int *yPtr; /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
+Tk_GetRootCoords(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
+ int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
+ int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
@@ -5925,13 +6332,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr)
*
* Tk_CoordsToWindow --
*
- * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this procedure
- * returns the token for the top-most window covering that point,
- * if there exists such a window in this application.
+ * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns
+ * the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists
+ * such a window in this application.
*
* Results:
- * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding
- * to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
+ * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
+ * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
* window.
*
* Side effects:
@@ -5941,13 +6348,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr)
*/
Tk_Window
-Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin)
- int rootX, rootY; /* Coordinates of point in root window. If
- * a virtual-root window manager is in use,
+Tk_CoordsToWindow(
+ int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
+ * virtual-root window manager is in use,
* these coordinates refer to the virtual
* root, not the real root. */
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for any window in application;
- * used to identify the display. */
+ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used
+ * to identify the display. */
{
POINT pos;
HWND hwnd;
@@ -5969,16 +6376,15 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin)
*
* Tk_GetVRootGeometry --
*
- * This procedure returns information about the virtual root
- * window corresponding to a particular Tk window.
+ * This function returns information about the virtual root window
+ * corresponding to a particular Tk window.
*
* Results:
- * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set
- * with the offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding
- * to tkwin. If tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window
- * manager these values correspond to the virtual root window being
- * used for tkwin; otherwise the offsets will be 0 and the
- * dimensions will be those of the screen.
+ * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the
+ * offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If
+ * tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values
+ * correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise
+ * the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen.
*
* Side effects:
* Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date.
@@ -5987,12 +6393,13 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin)
*/
void
-Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window whose virtual root is to be
+Tk_GetVRootGeometry(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be
* queried. */
- int *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
+ int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
- int *widthPtr, *heightPtr; /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
+ int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
+ /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
{
*xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN);
*yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN);
@@ -6005,27 +6412,25 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr)
*
* Tk_MoveToplevelWindow --
*
- * This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust
- * the x-y location of a top-level window. It delays the actual
- * move to a later time and keeps window-manager information
- * up-to-date with the move
+ * This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y
+ * location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later
+ * time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner
- * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative
- * frame, if there is one) is at (x,y).
+ * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if
+ * there is one) is at (x,y).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window to move. */
- int x, y; /* New location for window (within
- * parent). */
+Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
+ int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -6043,16 +6448,15 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y)
/*
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
- * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the
- * server that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the
- * new position.
+ * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
+ * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
- Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
}
- UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
+ UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
}
}
@@ -6061,25 +6465,23 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y)
*
* TkWmProtocolEventProc --
*
- * This procedure is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a
- * ClientMessage event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS".
- * This procedure handles the message from the window manager
- * in an appropriate fashion.
+ * This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage
+ * event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the
+ * message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the
- * protocol.
+ * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to which the event was sent. */
- XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event. */
+TkWmProtocolEventProc(
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
+ XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
@@ -6096,30 +6498,31 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr)
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
/*
- * Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a
- * result of the eval.
+ * Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a result of
+ * the eval.
*/
- CONST char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
- Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr);
- interp = protPtr->interp;
- Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
+ const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
+
+ Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
+ interp = protPtr->interp;
+ Tcl_Preserve(interp);
result = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, protPtr->command);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \"");
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, name);
- Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\" window manager protocol)");
- Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
+ Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
+ "\n (command for \"%s\" window manager protocol)",
+ name));
+ Tcl_BackgroundException(interp, result);
}
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
- Tcl_Release((ClientData) protPtr);
+ Tcl_Release(interp);
+ Tcl_Release(protPtr);
return;
}
}
/*
- * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a
- * WM_DELETE_WINDOW message then just destroy the window.
+ * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
+ * message then just destroy the window.
*/
if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
@@ -6132,9 +6535,8 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr)
*
* TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc --
*
- * This procedure is invoked once for each HWND Window on the
- * display as a result of calling EnumWindows from
- * TkWmStackorderToplevel.
+ * This function is invoked once for each HWND Window on the display as a
+ * result of calling EnumWindows from TkWmStackorderToplevel.
*
* Results:
* TRUE to request further iteration.
@@ -6145,30 +6547,37 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr)
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
-BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam)
- HWND hwnd; /* handle to parent window */
- LPARAM lParam; /* application-defined value */
+BOOL CALLBACK
+TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(
+ HWND hwnd, /* Handle to parent window */
+ LPARAM lParam) /* Application-defined value */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
- (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
+ (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
- childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- /* Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice */
- if (childWinPtr == NULL) {
- Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc");
- } else {
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL);
- }
- /*fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd,
- childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);*/
- *(pair->window_ptr)-- = childWinPtr;
+ childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+
+ /*
+ * Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
+ */
+
+ if (childWinPtr == NULL) {
+ Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc");
+ } else {
+ Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL);
+ }
+ /*
+ fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd,
+ childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);
+ */
+ *(pair->window_ptr)-- = childWinPtr;
}
return TRUE;
}
@@ -6178,8 +6587,8 @@ BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam)
*
* TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap --
*
- * This procedure will create a table that maps the wrapper
- * HWND id for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps.
+ * This function will create a table that maps the wrapper HWND id for a
+ * toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6191,31 +6600,32 @@ BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam)
*/
static void
-TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* TkWindow to recurse on */
- Display *display; /* X display of parent window */
- Tcl_HashTable *table; /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
+TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */
+ Display *display, /* X display of parent window */
+ Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
HWND wrapper;
int newEntry;
- if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
- !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
- wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+ if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
+ && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
+ wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
- /*fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper,
- winPtr, winPtr->pathName);*/
+ /*
+ fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper,
+ winPtr, winPtr->pathName);
+ */
- hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,
- (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
- Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
+ hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry);
+ Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
}
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
- childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
- TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
+ childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
+ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
}
}
/*
@@ -6223,11 +6633,11 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table)
*
* TkWmStackorderToplevel --
*
- * This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
+ * This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
*
* Results:
- * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order
- * or else NULL if there was an error.
+ * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
+ * NULL if there was an error.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -6236,8 +6646,8 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table)
*/
TkWindow **
-TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
- TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Parent toplevel window. */
+TkWmStackorderToplevel(
+ TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
{
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair pair;
TkWindow **windows;
@@ -6252,29 +6662,28 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
- windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1)
- * sizeof(TkWindow *));
+ windows = ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
/*
- * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped
- * there is no need to call EnumWindows.
+ * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
+ * call EnumWindows.
*/
switch (table.numEntries) {
case 0:
- windows[0] = NULL;
- goto done;
+ windows[0] = NULL;
+ goto done;
case 1:
- hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
- windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
- windows[1] = NULL;
- goto done;
+ hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
+ windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
+ windows[1] = NULL;
+ goto done;
}
/*
- * We will be inserting into the array starting at the end
- * and working our way to the beginning since EnumWindows
- * returns windows in highest to lowest order.
+ * We will be inserting into the array starting at the end and working our
+ * way to the beginning since EnumWindows returns windows in highest to
+ * lowest order.
*/
pair.table = &table;
@@ -6283,14 +6692,13 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
if (EnumWindows((WNDENUMPROC) TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc,
(LPARAM) &pair) == 0) {
- ckfree((char *) windows);
- windows = NULL;
- } else {
- if (pair.window_ptr != (windows-1))
- Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children");
+ ckfree(windows);
+ windows = NULL;
+ } else if (pair.window_ptr != (windows-1)) {
+ Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children");
}
- done:
+ done:
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
return windows;
}
@@ -6300,33 +6708,33 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr)
*
* TkWmRestackToplevel --
*
- * This procedure restacks a top-level window.
+ * This function restacks a top-level window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr.
- * This procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken
- * effect and the ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
+ * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This
+ * function doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the
+ * ConfigureNotify event for it has been received.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to restack. */
- int aboveBelow; /* Gives relative position for restacking;
+TkWmRestackToplevel(
+ TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */
+ int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
* must be Above or Below. */
- TkWindow *otherPtr; /* Window relative to which to restack;
- * if NULL, then winPtr gets restacked
- * above or below *all* siblings. */
+ TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
+ * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
+ * below *all* siblings. */
{
HWND hwnd, insertAfter;
/*
- * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the
- * screen (mapping it may give it a reparent window).
+ * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
+ * (mapping it may give it a reparent window).
*/
if (winPtr->window == None) {
@@ -6346,12 +6754,17 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr)
TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
}
insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
- ? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
+ ? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
} else {
insertAfter = NULL;
}
- TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow);
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW,
+ (WPARAM) insertAfter, aboveBelow);
+ } else {
+ TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow);
+ }
}
/*
@@ -6359,28 +6772,27 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr)
*
* TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
*
- * This procedure is called to add a given window to the
- * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it
- * isn't already there. It is invoked by the Tk code that
- * creates a new colormap, in order to make sure that colormap
- * information is propagated to the window manager by default.
+ * This function is called to add a given window to the
+ * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already
+ * there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in
+ * order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the
+ * window manager by default.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
- * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the
- * colormaps have been set explicitly with the
- * "wm colormapwindows" command.
+ * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its
+ * nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set
+ * explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window with a non-default colormap.
- * Should not be a top-level window. */
+TkWmAddToColormapWindows(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should
+ * not be a top-level window. */
{
TkWindow *topPtr;
TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr;
@@ -6393,7 +6805,7 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr)
for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) {
if (topPtr == NULL) {
/*
- * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
+ * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation.
*/
return;
@@ -6425,11 +6837,10 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr)
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
- * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element
- * of the list.
+ * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
- newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
+ newPtr = ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
if (count > 0) {
memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*));
}
@@ -6439,7 +6850,7 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr)
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr;
newPtr[count] = topPtr;
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
- ckfree((char *) oldPtr);
+ ckfree(oldPtr);
}
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
@@ -6461,26 +6872,26 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr)
*
* TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows --
*
- * This procedure is called to remove a given window from the
- * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked
- * when windows are deleted.
+ * This function is called to remove a given window from the
+ * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when
+ * windows are deleted.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS
- * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the
- * top-level itself is being deleted too.
+ * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of
+ * its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being
+ * deleted too.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that may be present in
+TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in
* WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its
- * top-level. Should not be a top-level
+ * top-level. Should not be a top-level
* window. */
{
TkWindow *topPtr;
@@ -6502,8 +6913,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr)
}
if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
/*
- * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup
- * the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
+ * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the
+ * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property.
*/
return;
@@ -6514,8 +6925,7 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr)
}
/*
- * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover
- * it up.
+ * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up.
*/
count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount;
@@ -6542,36 +6952,42 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr)
* None.
*
* Side effects:
- * The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry
- * of the window will have to be changed.
+ * The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry of
+ * the window will have to be changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
-TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* the window to put the menu in */
- HMENU hMenu; /* the menu to set */
+TkWinSetMenu(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* the window to put the menu in */
+ HMENU hMenu) /* the menu to set */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
- wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu;
+ /* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a Toplevel) */
+ if (wmPtr == NULL)
+ return;
- if (!(wmPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
- if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
- int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+ wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu;
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+ int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING;
- wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
- SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
- if (!syncPending) {
- wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
- }
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
+ SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
+ if (!syncPending) {
+ wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
+ }
+ if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
}
+ } else {
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu,
+ (LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin));
}
}
@@ -6581,7 +6997,7 @@ TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu)
* ConfigureTopLevel --
*
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event based on the current position
- * information. This procedure is called by TopLevelProc.
+ * information. This function is called by TopLevelProc.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6593,12 +7009,12 @@ TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu)
*/
static void
-ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
- WINDOWPOS *pos;
+ConfigureTopLevel(
+ WINDOWPOS *pos)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(pos->hwnd);
WmInfo *wmPtr;
- int state = 0; /* Current window state. */
+ int state; /* Current window state. */
RECT rect;
WINDOWPLACEMENT windowPos;
@@ -6618,15 +7034,16 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
windowPos.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowPos);
switch (windowPos.showCmd) {
- case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED:
- state = ZoomState;
- break;
- case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED:
- state = IconicState;
- break;
- case SW_SHOWNORMAL:
- state = NormalState;
- break;
+ case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED:
+ state = ZoomState;
+ break;
+ case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED:
+ state = IconicState;
+ break;
+ case SW_SHOWNORMAL:
+ default:
+ state = NormalState;
+ break;
}
}
@@ -6638,27 +7055,26 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state != state) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
switch (state) {
- case WithdrawnState:
- case IconicState:
- XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
- break;
+ case WithdrawnState:
+ case IconicState:
+ XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
+ break;
- case NormalState:
- /*
- * Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry
- * requests while in any other state, the geometry info
- * may be stale.
- */
+ case NormalState:
+ /*
+ * Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests
+ * while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale.
+ */
- if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
- Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
- wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
- }
- /* fall through */
- case ZoomState:
- XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
- pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE;
- break;
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
+ Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+ case ZoomState:
+ XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
+ pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE;
+ break;
}
}
@@ -6672,8 +7088,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
/*
- * Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the
- * Tk window and generate a ConfigureNotify event.
+ * Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the Tk window
+ * and generate a ConfigureNotify event.
*/
GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &rect);
@@ -6693,16 +7109,16 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
if (state == NormalState) {
/*
- * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of
+ * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of
* tricky points here:
*
* 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width
* and wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been
* invoked with the same information.
- * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request
- * coming from us (sync is set), then don't set
- * wmPtr->width or wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop
- * tracking geometry manager requests).
+ * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming
+ * from us (sync is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or
+ * wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop tracking geometry
+ * manager requests).
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) {
@@ -6710,14 +7126,14 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
if ((wmPtr->width == -1)
&& (winPtr->changes.width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
/*
- * Don't set external width, since the user didn't
- * change it from what the widgets asked for.
+ * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change
+ * it from what the widgets asked for.
*/
} else {
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
- + (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth)
- / wmPtr->widthInc;
+ + (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth)
+ / wmPtr->widthInc;
if (wmPtr->width < 0) {
wmPtr->width = 0;
}
@@ -6734,8 +7150,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
} else {
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight
- + (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight)
- / wmPtr->heightInc;
+ + (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight)
+ / wmPtr->heightInc;
if (wmPtr->height < 0) {
wmPtr->height = 0;
}
@@ -6746,9 +7162,10 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
wmPtr->configWidth = winPtr->changes.width;
wmPtr->configHeight = winPtr->changes.height;
}
+
/*
- * If the user moved the window, we should switch back
- * to normal coordinates.
+ * If the user moved the window, we should switch back to normal
+ * coordinates.
*/
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
@@ -6762,15 +7179,15 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
wmPtr->x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
- - winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width
- + wmPtr->borderWidth);
+ - winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width
+ + wmPtr->borderWidth);
} else {
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
wmPtr->y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)
- - winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height
- + wmPtr->borderHeight);
+ - winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height
+ + wmPtr->borderHeight);
} else {
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
}
@@ -6782,8 +7199,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
*
* GenerateConfigureNotify --
*
- * Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry
- * information for the specified toplevel window.
+ * Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry information
+ * for the specified toplevel window.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6795,8 +7212,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos)
*/
static void
-GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+GenerateConfigureNotify(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
{
XEvent event;
@@ -6825,8 +7242,8 @@ GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr)
*
* InstallColormaps --
*
- * Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is
- * currently active.
+ * Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is currently
+ * active.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6838,12 +7255,12 @@ GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr)
*/
static int
-InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost)
- HWND hwnd; /* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps
+InstallColormaps(
+ HWND hwnd, /* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps
* should be installed. */
- int message; /* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or
+ int message, /* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or
* WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */
- int isForemost; /* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */
+ int isForemost) /* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */
{
int i;
HDC dc;
@@ -6851,9 +7268,9 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost)
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
WmInfo *wmPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
- if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) ) {
+ if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
return 0;
}
@@ -6883,18 +7300,16 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost)
SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
RealizePalette(dc);
ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
- SendMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM)hwnd,
- (LPARAM)NULL);
+ SendMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) NULL);
return TRUE;
}
-
} else {
/*
- * Window is being notified of a change in the system palette.
- * If this window is the foreground window, then we should only
- * install the secondary palettes, since the primary was installed
- * in response to the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install
- * all of the palettes.
+ * Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. If this
+ * window is the foreground window, then we should only install the
+ * secondary palettes, since the primary was installed in response to
+ * the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install all of the
+ * palettes.
*/
@@ -6936,11 +7351,10 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost)
*
* RefreshColormap --
*
- * This function is called to force all of the windows that use
- * a given colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to
- * do this is to iterate over the toplevels, looking in the
- * cmapList for matches. This will quickly eliminate subtrees
- * that don't use a given colormap.
+ * This function is called to force all of the windows that use a given
+ * colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to do this is to
+ * iterate over the toplevels, looking in the cmapList for matches. This
+ * will quickly eliminate subtrees that don't use a given colormap.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6952,9 +7366,9 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost)
*/
static void
-RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr)
- Colormap colormap;
- TkDisplay *dispPtr;
+RefreshColormap(
+ Colormap colormap,
+ TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
int i;
@@ -6979,9 +7393,9 @@ RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr)
*
* InvalidateSubTree --
*
- * This function recursively generates damage for a window and
- * all of its mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and
- * are using the specified colormap.
+ * This function recursively generates damage for a window and all of its
+ * mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and are using the
+ * specified colormap.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -6993,15 +7407,15 @@ RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr)
*/
static void
-InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap)
- TkWindow *winPtr;
- Colormap colormap;
+InvalidateSubTree(
+ TkWindow *winPtr,
+ Colormap colormap)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
/*
- * Generate damage for the current window if it is using the
- * specified colormap.
+ * Generate damage for the current window if it is using the specified
+ * colormap.
*/
if (winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap) {
@@ -7011,8 +7425,7 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap)
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
/*
- * We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or
- * toplevel window.
+ * We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or toplevel window.
*/
if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr) && Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)) {
@@ -7026,8 +7439,8 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap)
*
* InvalidateSubTreeDepth --
*
- * This function recursively updates depth info for a window and
- * all of its children that belong to the same toplevel.
+ * This function recursively updates depth info for a window and all of
+ * its children that belong to the same toplevel.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -7039,8 +7452,8 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap)
*/
static void
-InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+InvalidateSubTreeDepth(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
int screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(winPtr);
@@ -7050,10 +7463,10 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr)
#if 0
/*
- * XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just
- * the depth works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes.
- * I suspect 8-bit (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or
- * visual changes as well.
+ * XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just the depth
+ * works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes. I suspect 8-bit
+ * (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or visual changes as
+ * well.
*/
if (winPtr->window) {
@@ -7065,13 +7478,13 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr)
#endif
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
- childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
+ childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
/*
- * We can stop the descent when we hit a toplevel window, as it
- * should get its own message.
+ * We can stop the descent when we hit a non-embedded toplevel window,
+ * as it should get its own message.
*/
- if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) {
+ if (childPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED || !Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) {
InvalidateSubTreeDepth(childPtr);
}
}
@@ -7085,8 +7498,8 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr)
* Retrieves the currently installed foreground palette.
*
* Results:
- * Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one.
- * Otherwise, returns NULL.
+ * Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one. Otherwise,
+ * returns NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -7095,10 +7508,10 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr)
*/
HPALETTE
-TkWinGetSystemPalette()
+TkWinGetSystemPalette(void)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
- Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
+ Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
return tsdPtr->systemPalette;
}
@@ -7108,17 +7521,16 @@ TkWinGetSystemPalette()
*
* GetMinSize --
*
- * This procedure computes the current minWidth and minHeight
- * values for a window, taking into account the possibility
- * that they may be defaulted.
+ * This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a
+ * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
+ * defaulted.
*
* Results:
- * The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled
- * in with the minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window,
- * in grid units. If the requested minimum is smaller than the
- * system required minimum, then this procedure computes the
- * smallest size that will satisfy both the system and the
- * grid constraints.
+ * The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled in with the
+ * minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If the
+ * requested minimum is smaller than the system required minimum, then
+ * this function computes the smallest size that will satisfy both the
+ * system and the grid constraints.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -7127,21 +7539,21 @@ TkWinGetSystemPalette()
*/
static void
-GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr)
- WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the
+GetMinSize(
+ WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the
* window. */
- int *minWidthPtr; /* Where to store the current minimum
- * width of the window. */
- int *minHeightPtr; /* Where to store the current minimum
- * height of the window. */
+ int *minWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current minimum width of
+ * the window. */
+ int *minHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current minimum height
+ * of the window. */
{
int tmp, base;
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
/*
- * Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size
- * and rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater
- * of the default minimum and the specified minimum.
+ * Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size and
+ * rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater of the
+ * default minimum and the specified minimum.
*/
tmp = wmPtr->defMinWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
@@ -7186,16 +7598,15 @@ GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr)
*
* GetMaxSize --
*
- * This procedure computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight
- * values for a window, taking into account the possibility
- * that they may be defaulted.
+ * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a
+ * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be
+ * defaulted.
*
* Results:
- * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled
- * in with the maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window,
- * in grid units. If no maximum has been specified for the
- * window, then this procedure computes the largest sizes that
- * will fit on the screen.
+ * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the
+ * maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no
+ * maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes
+ * the largest sizes that will fit on the screen.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -7204,13 +7615,13 @@ GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr)
*/
static void
-GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr)
- WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the
+GetMaxSize(
+ WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the
* window. */
- int *maxWidthPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum
- * width of the window. */
- int *maxHeightPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum
- * height of the window. */
+ int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of
+ * the window. */
+ int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height
+ * of the window. */
{
int tmp;
@@ -7218,14 +7629,14 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr)
*maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth;
} else {
/*
- * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a
- * bit of extra space for the window manager's borders.
+ * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of
+ * extra space for the window manager's borders.
*/
tmp = wmPtr->defMaxWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth;
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
/*
- * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
+ * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units.
*/
tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth
@@ -7250,8 +7661,7 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr)
*
* TopLevelProc --
*
- * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level
- * window.
+ * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level window.
*
* Results:
* Standard Windows return value.
@@ -7263,13 +7673,13 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr)
*/
static LRESULT CALLBACK
-TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
- HWND hwnd;
- UINT message;
- WPARAM wParam;
- LPARAM lParam;
+TopLevelProc(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam)
{
- if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
+ if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED || message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING) {
WINDOWPOS *pos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(pos->hwnd);
@@ -7286,8 +7696,10 @@ TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy;
}
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
- winPtr->changes.x = pos->x;
- winPtr->changes.y = pos->y;
+ long result = SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper,
+ TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
+ winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16;
+ winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff;
}
GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
@@ -7316,193 +7728,268 @@ TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
*/
static LRESULT CALLBACK
-WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
- HWND hwnd;
- UINT message;
- WPARAM wParam;
- LPARAM lParam;
+WmProc(
+ HWND hwnd,
+ UINT message,
+ WPARAM wParam,
+ LPARAM lParam)
{
static int inMoveSize = 0;
- static int oldMode; /* This static is set upon entering move/size mode
- * and is used to reset the service mode after
- * leaving move/size mode. Note that this mechanism
- * assumes move/size is only one level deep. */
- LRESULT result;
+ static int oldMode; /* This static is set upon entering move/size
+ * mode and is used to reset the service mode
+ * after leaving move/size mode. Note that
+ * this mechanism assumes move/size is only
+ * one level deep. */
+ LRESULT result = 0;
TkWindow *winPtr = NULL;
- if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &result)) {
- goto done;
- }
-
switch (message) {
- case WM_KILLFOCUS:
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- result = 0;
- goto done;
-
- case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
- inMoveSize = 1;
-
- /*
- * Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer
- * fires during the size/move mouse capture, it will
- * release the capture, which is wrong.
- */
+ case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+ case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
- TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
+ case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
+ inMoveSize = 1;
- oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
- break;
+ /*
+ * Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer fires during the
+ * size/move mouse capture, it will release the capture, which is
+ * wrong.
+ */
- case WM_ACTIVATE:
- case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
- if (inMoveSize) {
- inMoveSize = 0;
- Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
- }
- break;
+ TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
- case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
- SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam);
- result = 0;
- goto done;
+ oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
+ break;
- case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
- /* display and/or color resolution changed */
+ case WM_ACTIVATE:
+ if (WA_ACTIVE == LOWORD(wParam)) {
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
- if (winPtr) {
- Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
- if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) {
- /*
- * Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of
- * display parameters. This will affect the display for
- * all Tk windows. We will receive this event for each
- * toplevel, but this check makes us update only once, for
- * the first toplevel that receives the message.
- */
- TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr));
- } else {
- HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
- screen->width = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */
- screen->height = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */
- screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254,
- GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
- screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254,
- GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
- ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
- }
- if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) {
- /*
- * Defer the window depth check to here so that each
- * toplevel will properly update depth info.
- */
- InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr);
- }
+ if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
+ /*
+ * There is a grab in progress so queue an Activate event
+ */
+
+ GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
}
- result = 0;
- goto done;
+ }
+ /* fall through */
- case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
- /*
- * XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to
- * update any widgets that use a system color.
- */
- break;
+ case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
+ if (inMoveSize) {
+ inMoveSize = 0;
+ Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
+ }
+ break;
- case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
- result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
- hwnd == (HWND)wParam);
- goto done;
+ case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
+ SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam);
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
- case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
- result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE);
- goto done;
+ case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+ /*
+ * Display and/or color resolution changed.
+ */
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam);
- result = 0;
- goto done;
+ winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
+ if (winPtr) {
+ Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr);
+ if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) {
+ /*
+ * Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of
+ * display parameters. This will affect the display for all Tk
+ * windows. We will receive this event for each toplevel, but
+ * this check makes us update only once, for the first
+ * toplevel that receives the message.
+ */
- case WM_NCHITTEST: {
- winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
- if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
+ TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr));
+ } else {
+ HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
+
+ screen->width = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */
+ screen->height = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */
+ screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254,
+ GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10);
+ screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254,
+ GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10);
+ ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
+ }
+ if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) {
/*
- * This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any
- * of the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this
- * implementation is not strictly correct because the grab
- * might change between now and when the event would have been
- * processed by Tk, but it's close enough.
+ * Defer the window depth check to here so that each toplevel
+ * will properly update depth info.
*/
- result = HTCLIENT;
- goto done;
+ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr);
}
- break;
}
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
- case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: {
- ActivateEvent *eventPtr;
- winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
+ case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
+ /*
+ * XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to update any
+ * widgets that use a system color.
+ */
- if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
- /*
- * This allows us to pass the message onto the
- * native menus [Bug: 2272]
- */
- result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message,
- wParam, lParam);
- goto done;
- }
+ break;
+ case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
+ result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
+ hwnd == (HWND) wParam);
+ goto done;
+
+ case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+ result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE);
+ goto done;
+
+ case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+ if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS) {
+ winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
+ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(winPtr->mainPtr);
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
+ ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam);
+ result = 0;
+ goto done;
+
+ case WM_NCHITTEST: {
+ winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
+ if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
- * Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab
- * that takes precedence. Instead we need to queue
- * an event so we can check the grab state right before we
- * handle the mouse event.
+ * This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any of
+ * the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this
+ * implementation is not strictly correct because the grab might
+ * change between now and when the event would have been processed
+ * by Tk, but it's close enough.
*/
- if (winPtr) {
- eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent));
- eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow;
- eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
- Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event*)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
- }
- result = MA_NOACTIVATE;
+ result = HTCLIENT;
goto done;
}
+ break;
+ }
- case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: {
- XEvent event;
+ case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: {
+ winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
+ if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
+ /*
+ * This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug:
+ * 2272]
+ */
- winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
- event.xclient.message_type =
- Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
- event.xclient.data.l[0] =
- Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF");
- TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event);
- break;
+ result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+ goto done;
}
- default:
- break;
+ /*
+ * Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab that takes
+ * precedence. Instead we need to queue an event so we can check the
+ * grab state right before we handle the mouse event.
+ */
+
+ if (winPtr) {
+ GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
+ }
+ result = MA_NOACTIVATE;
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: {
+ XEvent event;
+
+ /*
+ * Synthesize WM_SAVE_YOURSELF wm protocol message on Windows logout
+ * or restart.
+ */
+ winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
+ event.xclient.message_type =
+ Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
+ event.xclient.data.l[0] =
+ Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF");
+ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ break;
}
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
+ switch(message) {
+ case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+ /*
+ * If there is a grab in effect then ignore the minimize command
+ * unless the grab is on the main window (.). This is to permit
+ * applications that leave a grab on . to work normally.
+ * All other toplevels are deemed non-minimizable when a grab is
+ * present.
+ * If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the
+ * grab tree then ignore all system commands. [Bug 1847002]
+ */
+
+ if (winPtr) {
+ int cmd = wParam & 0xfff0;
+ int grab = TkGrabState(winPtr);
+ if ((SC_MINIMIZE == cmd)
+ && (grab == TK_GRAB_IN_TREE || grab == TK_GRAB_ANCESTOR)
+ && (winPtr != winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+ if (grab == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED
+ && !(SC_MOVE == cmd || SC_SIZE == cmd)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+ }
+ /* fall through */
+
+ case WM_INITMENU:
+ case WM_COMMAND:
+ case WM_MENUCHAR:
+ case WM_MEASUREITEM:
+ case WM_DRAWITEM:
+ case WM_MENUSELECT:
+ case WM_ENTERIDLE:
+ case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
+ if (winPtr) {
+ HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr);
+
+ if (hMenuHWnd) {
+ if (SendMessage(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+ } else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
+ &result)) {
+ goto done;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
+
if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
SetFocus(child);
result = 0;
} else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam,
&result)) {
- result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message,
- wParam, lParam);
+ result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
} else {
- result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+ result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
- done:
+ done:
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return result;
}
@@ -7512,8 +7999,8 @@ WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
*
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
*
- * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up)
- * menu, or as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
+ * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as
+ * a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
*
* Results:
* None.
@@ -7525,12 +8012,12 @@ WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)
*/
void
-TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient)
- Tk_Window tkwin; /* New window. */
- int transient; /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as
- * a popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means
- * menu is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off
- * menu. Determines whether save_under and
+TkpMakeMenuWindow(
+ Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
+ int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
+ * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
+ * is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
+ * Determines whether save_under and
* override_redirect should be set. */
{
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
@@ -7545,8 +8032,8 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient)
if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect)
|| (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->save_under)) {
- Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin,
- CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts);
+ Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin, CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder,
+ &atts);
}
}
@@ -7571,26 +8058,25 @@ HWND
TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window we need the wrapper from */
{
- TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
- return (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper);
-}
+ TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
+ return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper;
+}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmFocusToplevel --
*
- * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It
- * exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under
- * Unix; its job is to map from wrapper windows to the
- * corresponding toplevel windows. On PCs and Macs there are no
- * wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary; this procedure just
- * determines whether a window is a toplevel or not.
+ * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It exists
+ * because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its job is
+ * to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel windows. On
+ * PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary;
+ * this function just determines whether a window is a toplevel or not.
*
* Results:
- * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the
- * window; otherwise returns NULL.
+ * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
+ * otherwise returns NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -7599,8 +8085,8 @@ TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
*/
TkWindow *
-TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that received a focus-related
+TkWmFocusToplevel(
+ TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related
* event. */
{
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
@@ -7608,19 +8094,19 @@ TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr)
}
return winPtr;
}
-
+
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetWrapperWindow --
*
- * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It
- * maps to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same
- * as the top-level on Macs and PCs.
+ * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It maps
+ * to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the
+ * top-level on Macs and PCs.
*
* Results:
- * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the
- * window; otherwise returns NULL.
+ * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window;
+ * otherwise returns NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
@@ -7642,6 +8128,26 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow(
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
+ * GenerateActivateEvent --
+ *
+ * This function is called to activate a Tk window.
+ */
+
+static void
+GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr)
+{
+ ActivateEvent *eventPtr = ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent));
+
+ eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow;
+ eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
+ eventPtr->flagPtr = flagPtr;
+ eventPtr->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
+ Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
* ActivateWindow --
*
* This function is called when an ActivateEvent is processed.
@@ -7660,39 +8166,65 @@ ActivateWindow(
Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Pointer to ActivateEvent. */
int flags) /* Notifier event mask. */
{
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+ ActivateEvent *eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)evPtr;
+ TkWindow *winPtr = eventPtr->winPtr;
if (! (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return 0;
}
- winPtr = ((ActivateEvent *) evPtr)->winPtr;
+ /*
+ * Ensure the window has not been destroyed while we delayed
+ * processing the WM_ACTIVATE message [Bug 2899949].
+ */
+
+ if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) {
+ return 1;
+ }
/*
- * If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the
- * grabbed window instead. [Bug 220908]
+ * If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then
+ * we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus
+ * while the window manage is in control.
+ */
+
+ if (eventPtr->flagPtr && *eventPtr->flagPtr) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the grabbed
+ * window instead. [Bug 220908]
*/
if (winPtr) {
+ Window window;
if (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) {
- SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
+ window = winPtr->window;
} else {
- SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window));
+ window = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Ensure the window was not destroyed while we were postponing
+ * the activation [Bug 2799589]
+ */
+
+ if (window) {
+ SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(window));
}
}
return 1;
}
-
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSetForegroundWindow --
*
- * This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling
- * it on the wrapper window because it has no affect on child
- * windows.
+ * This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling it on the
+ * wrapper window because it has no affect on child windows.
*
* Results:
* none
@@ -7704,8 +8236,8 @@ ActivateWindow(
*/
void
-TkWinSetForegroundWindow(winPtr)
- TkWindow *winPtr;
+TkWinSetForegroundWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
@@ -7715,3 +8247,325 @@ TkWinSetForegroundWindow(winPtr)
SetForegroundWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
}
}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelWithdraw --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a window manage to withdraw a toplevel
+ * window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May withdraw the toplevel window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelIconify --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a window manage to iconify a toplevel
+ * window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May iconify the toplevel window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpWinToplevelIconify(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelDeiconify --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a window manage to deiconify a toplevel
+ * window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May deiconify the toplevel window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
+
+ /*
+ * If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may need to
+ * be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry before it is
+ * deiconified by TkpWmSetState. Don't bother if we've never been mapped.
+ */
+
+ if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)
+ && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
+ Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
+ UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' should not
+ * cause the window to shrink
+ */
+
+ if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
+ } else {
+ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time by a call to MapFrame.
+ * That calls CreateWrapper which sets the focus and raises the window.
+ */
+
+ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top.
+ */
+
+ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
+ if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) {
+ TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a window manage to see if wm has
+ * canceled geometry control.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * 0 - if the window manager has canceled its control
+ * 1 - if the window manager controls the geometry
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+long
+TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ if (!wmPtr) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return ((wmPtr->width != -1) && (wmPtr->height != -1)) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelMove --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a container to move an embedded window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * position of the upper left frame in a 32-bit long:
+ * 16-MSBits - x; 16-LSBits - y
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May move the embedded window.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+long
+TkpWinToplevelMove(
+ TkWindow *winPtr,
+ int x, int y)
+{
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ if (wmPtr && x >= 0 && y >= 0 && !TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(winPtr)) {
+ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y);
+ }
+ return ((winPtr->changes.x << 16) & 0xffff0000)
+ | (winPtr->changes.y & 0xffff);
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect --
+ *
+ * This function is to be used by a container to overrideredirect the
+ * contaner's frame window.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The current overrideredirect value
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * May change the overrideredirect value of the container window
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+long
+TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(
+ TkWindow *winPtr,
+ int reqValue)
+{
+ int curValue;
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
+ if (reqValue < 0) {
+ return curValue;
+ }
+
+ if (curValue != reqValue) {
+ XSetWindowAttributes atts;
+
+ /*
+ * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
+ * some funky stuff to occur
+ */
+
+ atts.override_redirect = reqValue ? True : False;
+ Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
+ &atts);
+ if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
+ && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
+ UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
+ }
+ }
+ return reqValue;
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow --
+ *
+ * This function is to be usd for changing a toplevel's wrapper or
+ * container.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * The window's wrapper/container is removed.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(
+ TkWindow *winPtr)
+{
+ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
+
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
+ int state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
+
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0);
+ SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
+ winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED;
+ winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
+ wmPtr->wrapper = None;
+ if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) {
+ wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
+ }
+ }
+ if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
+ TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * RemapWindows
+ *
+ * Adjust parent/child relation ships of the given window hierarchy.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ * none
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ * keeps windowing system happy
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+static void
+RemapWindows(
+ TkWindow *winPtr,
+ HWND parentHWND)
+{
+ TkWindow *childPtr;
+ const char *className = Tk_Class(winPtr);
+
+ /*
+ * Skip menus as they are handled differently.
+ */
+
+ if (className != NULL && strcmp(className, "Menu") == 0) {
+ return;
+ }
+ if (winPtr->window) {
+ SetParent(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), parentHWND);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Repeat for all the children.
+ */
+
+ for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
+ childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
+ RemapWindows(childPtr,
+ winPtr->window ? Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window) : NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Local Variables:
+ * mode: c
+ * c-basic-offset: 4
+ * fill-column: 78
+ * End:
+ */